ML080720485: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:ADMINISTRATIVE DOCUMENTS
{{#Wiki_filter:1.
                            (Yellow Paper)
2.
1.                  . C hecklist
3.
    Exam P reparation                                  . ES-201-1/'
4.
                                                                    /
5.
2.  Exam Outline Quality Checklist. J:>:u=:             ES-201-2
6.
3.  Exam Security Agreement(s)                           ES-201-3./
7.
4.  Administrative Topics Outline (Final)               ES-301-1 /
ADMINISTRATIVE DOCUMENTS
5.  C~ntrol Room Systems & Facility Walk-through Test Outline   ./
(Yellow Paper)
    (Final)                                             ES-301-2
E
6.  Operating Test Quality Check Sheet                   ES-301-3
P
                                                                  /
.
7.  Simulator Scenario Quality Check Sheet               ES-301-4 J
C
8. Transient and Event Checklist                     . ES-301-5 I
ES-201-1/'
9. Competencies Checklist                             . ES-301-6
xam
                                                                  /
reparation
                                                          .       /
hecklist
10. Written Exam Quality Check Sheet                  . ES-401-6
.
11. Written Exam Review Worksheet                       ES-401-9
/
12. Written Exam Grading Quality Checklist               ES-403-1 . /
Exam Outline Quality Checklist. J:>:u=:
13. Post-Exam Check Sheet                               ES-501-1/'
ES-201-2
14. Facility Submittal Letter.s ( 0                       []    ~.
Exam Security Agreement(s)
                SE{}uoyAH
ES-201-3./
                    oZO~8-JL)/
Administrative Topics Outline (Final)
ES-301-1 /
C~ntrol Room Systems & Facility Walk-through Test Outline
./
(Final)
ES-301-2
/
Operating Test Quality Check Sheet
ES-301-3
J
Simulator Scenario Quality Check Sheet
ES-301-4
8.
Transient and Event Checklist
.
9.
Competencies Checklist
.
10.
Written Exam Quality Check Sheet
.
I
ES-301-5
/
ES-301-6
.
/
ES-401-6
11.
Written Exam Review Worksheet
ES-401-9
12.
Written Exam Grading Quality Checklist
ES-403-1 ./
13.
Post-Exam Check Sheet
ES-501-1/'
14.
Facility Submittal Letter.s ( 0
SE{}uoyAH
oZO~8-JL)/
[]
~.


ES*201                                 Examination Preparation Checklist                                         Form ES*201*1
ES*201
Facility:       <: lVlAO;! rW                                                     Date of Examination:           -:r4-N. &'OClC~
Examination Preparation Checklist
Developed by: Written - Facility ~ NRC               0 II   Operating - Facility MNRC               0
Form ES*201*1
  Target                                                                                                               Chief
Facility:
    Date"                                   Task Description (Reference)                                             Examiner's
<: lVlAO;! rW
                                                                                                                        Initials
Date of Examination: -:r4-N. &'OClC~
    -180         1.   Examination administration date confirmed (C.1.a; C.2.a and b)                                 IJifS
Developed by: Written - Facility ~NRC 0
    -120         2.   NRC examiners and facility contact assigned (C.1.d; C.2.e)                                       r~
II
    -120         3.   Facility contact briefed on security and other requirements (C.2.c)                             r0kP
Operating - Facility MNRC 0
    -120         4. Corporate notification letter sent (C.2.d)                                                         y11f>
Target
    [-90]         [5. Reference material due (C.1.e; C.3.c; Attachment 3)]                                             !Y~
Chief
    {-75}         6. Integrated examination outline(s) due, including Forms ES-201-2, ES-201-3,
Date"
                                                                                                                        ~
Task Description (Reference)
                      ES-301-1, ES-301-2, ES-301-5, ES-O-1's, ES-401-1/2, ES-401-3, and
Examiner's
                      ES-401-4, as applicable (C.1.e and f; C.3.d)
Initials
    {-70}       {7. Examination outline(s) reviewed by NRC and feedback provided to facility
-180
                      licensee (C.2.h; C.3.e)}                                                                           tms
1.
    {-45}       8.   Proposed examinations (including written, walk-through JPMs, and
Examination administration date confirmed (C.1.a; C.2.a and b)
                      scenarios, as applicable), supporting documentation (including Forms
IJifS
                      ES-301-3, ES-301-4, ES-301-5, ES-301-6, and ES-401-6, and any Form
-120
                      ES-201-3 updates), and reference materials due (C.1.e, f, g and h; C.3.d)                         m$>
2.
    -30         9. Preliminary license applications (NRC Form 398's) due (C.1.1; C.2.g;
NRC examiners and facility contact assigned (C.1.d; C.2.e)
                      ES-202)                                                                                             I~
r~
    -14         10. Final license applications due and Form ES-201-4 prepared (C.1.1; C.2.i;
-120
                      ES-202)                                                                                           /I~
3.
    -14         11. Examination approved by NRC supervisor for facility licensee review
Facility contact briefed on security and other requirements (C.2.c)
                      (C.2.h; C.3.f)                                                                                   ;}~
r0kP
    -14         12. Examinations reviewed with facility licensee (C.1.j; C.2.f and h; C.3.g)                         'rn!b
-120
                  13. Writt~n exam~ons and oper~tests approved by NRC supervisor
4.
                                                                                                                      *
Corporate notification letter sent (C.2.d)
      -7
y11f>
                      (C.2.1; C.3.h)
[-90]
      -7         14. Final applications reviewed; 1 or 2 (if >10) applications audited to confirm
[5.
                      qualifications / eligibility; and examination approval and waiver letters sent
Reference material due (C.1.e; C.3.c; Attachment 3)]
                      (C.2.i; Attachment 5; ES-202, C.2.e; ES-204) ],w-s;..v--et'::,-,,) :2 G..K!~"""'-l.&#xa3;v;....J     flI4IP
!Y~
      -7         15. Proctoring/written exam administration guidelines reviewed
{-75}
                      with facility licensee (C.3.k)                                                                   mrs
6.
      -7         16. Approved scenarios, job performance measures, and questions
Integrated examination outline(s)due, including Forms ES-201-2, ES-201-3,
                      distributed to NRC examiners (C.3.i)                                                             ~
ES-301-1, ES-301-2, ES-301-5, ES-O-1's, ES-401-1/2, ES-401-3, and
* Target dates are generally based on facility-prepared examinations and are keyed to the examination date
~
identified in the corporate notification letter. They are for planning purposes and may be adjusted on a case-by-
ES-401-4, as applicable (C.1.e and f; C.3.d)
case basis in coordination with the facility licensee.
{-70}
[Applies only] {Does not apply} to examinations prepared by the NRC.
{7.
                                                  ES-201, Page 25 of 28
Examination outline(s) reviewed by NRC and feedback provided to facility
tms
licensee (C.2.h; C.3.e)}
{-45}
8.
Proposed examinations (including written, walk-through JPMs, and
scenarios, as applicable), supporting documentation (including Forms
m$>
ES-301-3, ES-301-4, ES-301-5, ES-301-6, and ES-401-6, and any Form
ES-201-3 updates), and reference materials due (C.1.e, f, g and h; C.3.d)
-30
9.
Preliminary license applications (NRC Form 398's) due (C.1.1; C.2.g;
I~
ES-202)
-14
10.
Final license applications due and Form ES-201-4 prepared (C.1.1; C.2.i;
/I~
ES-202)
-14
11.
Examination approved by NRC supervisor for facility licensee review
;}~
(C.2.h; C.3.f)
-14
12.
Examinations reviewed with facility licensee (C.1.j; C.2.f and h; C.3.g)
'rn!b
-7
13.
Writt~n exam~ons and oper~tests approved by NRC supervisor
*
(C.2.1; C.3.h)
-7
14.
Final applications reviewed; 1 or 2 (if >10) applications audited to confirm
flI4IP
qualifications / eligibility; and examination approval and waiver letters sent
(C.2.i; Attachment 5; ES-202, C.2.e; ES-204) ],w-s;..v--et'::,-,,) :2 G..K!~"""'-l.&#xa3;v;....J
-7
15.
Proctoring/written exam administration guidelines reviewed
mrs
with facility licensee (C.3.k)
-7
16. Approved scenarios, job performance measures, and questions
~
distributed to NRC examiners (C.3.i)
* Target dates are generally based on facility-prepared examinations and are keyed to the examination date
identified in the corporate notification letter. They are for planning purposes and may be adjusted on a case-by-
case basis in coordination with the facility licensee.
[Applies only] {Does not apply} to examinations prepared by the NRC.
ES-201, Page 25 of 28


ES*201                                     Examination Outline Quality Checklist                                           Form ES*201*2
ES*201
                                                                                                        Date of Examination: 1/;)..00?:j'
Examination Outline Quality Checklist
                                                                                                                                    Initials
Form ES*201*2
  Item                                                        Task Description
c#
                                                                                                                                a       b'      c#
b'
a
~1ZJrwP
~7ZJIMP
-~ 'llJ r#b
Initials
Date of Examination: 1/;)..00?:j'
Task Description
d.
Assess whether the justifications for deselected or rejected KIA statements are appropriate.
a.
Verify that the outline(s) fit(s) the appropriate model, in accordance with ESA01.
f--.--*-*--------------------------------+--t-'-~+_~__11
b.
Assess whether the outline was systematically and randomly prepared in accordance with
--2..,,:cOon 0.1 of ES-401 ar:.d whether all KIA cateqories are appropriately sampled.
c.
Assess whether the outline over-emphasizes any systems, evolutions, or generic topics.
Item
I----+-*--------------------------------t-::..-j-..:;:--t-~I
I----+-*--------------------------------t-::..-j-..:;:--t-~I
                                                                                                                              ~1ZJrwP
1.
      1.      a. Verify that the outline(s) fit(s) the appropriate model, in accordance with ESA01.
W
    W     f--.--*-*--------------------------------+--t-'-~+_~__11
R
    R       b. Assess whether the outline was systematically and randomly prepared in accordance with
I
      I
T
      T
T
            --2..,,:cOon 0.1 of ES-401 ar:.d whether all KIA cateqories are appropriately sampled.                            ~7ZJIMP
E
      T
N
              c. Assess whether the outline over-emphasizes any systems, evolutions, or generic topics.
c.
                                                                                                                              -~    'llJ      r#b
To the extent possible, assess whether the outline(s) conform(s) with the qualitative
      E
and quantitative criteria specified on Form ES-301-4 and described in Appendix D.
              d. Assess whether the justifications for deselected or rejected KIA statements are appropriate.
a.
      N
Using Form E$-301-5, verify that the proposed scenario sets cover the required number
      2.      a. Using Form E$-301-5, verify that the proposed scenario sets cover the required number
of normal evolutions, instrument and component failures, technical specifications,
                  of normal evolutions, instrument and component failures, technical specifications,
and major transients.
      s          and major transients.
f--*-------------'-----------------------;---;f-<--t---il
      I    f--*-------------'-----------------------;---;f-<--t---il
b.
      M      b. Assess whether there are enough scenario sets (and spares) to test the projected number
Assess whether there are enough scenario sets (and spares) to test the projected number
      U            and mix of applicants in accordance with the expected crew composition and rotation schedule
and mix of applicants in accordance with the expected crew composition and rotation schedule
      L            without compromising exam integrity, and ensure that each applicant can be tested using
without compromising exam integrity, and ensure that each applicant can be tested using
      A            at least one new or significantly modified scenario, that no scenarios are duplicated
at least one new or significantly modified scenario, that no scenarios are duplicated
      T            from the applicants' audit test(s), and that scenarios will not be repeated on subsequent davs.
from the applicants' audit test(s), and that scenarios will not be repeated on subsequent davs.
      o      c. To the extent possible, assess whether the outline(s) conform(s) with the qualitative
2.
      R           and quantitative criteria specified on Form ES-301-4 and described in Appendix D.
I
M
U
L
A
To
R
s
Ir----I-*--*-~----------------------------_t_-+_-+--_il
Ir----I-*--*-~----------------------------_t_-+_-+--_il
      3       a. Verify that the systems walk-through outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-2:
3
                  (1) the outlir&(s) contain(s) the required number of control room and in-plant tasks
W
      W                  distributed among the safety functions as specified on the form ./'
I
      I          (2) task repetition from the last two NRC examinations is within the limits specified on the fonrn ......
T
      T            (3) no tasks are duplicated from the applicants' audit test(s)./                                           1~."11         J fY\tS
a.
                    (4) the number of flew or modified tasks meets or exceeds the minimums specified on the form ,/             .   /!II./ I
Verify that the systems walk-through outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-2:
                    (5) the number of alternate path, low-power, emergency, and RCA tasks meet the criteria.>
(1)
                          on the form.
the outlir&(s) contain(s) the required number of control room and in-plant tasks
              b. Verify that the administrative outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-1:
distributed among the safety functions as specified on the form ./'
                                                                                                                              i1'~ 1lJ 1~
(2)
                    (1) the tasks are distributed among the topics as specified on the form ,./
task repetition from the last two NRC examinations is within the limits specified on the fonrn ......
                    (2) at least one task is new or significantly modified ,./
(3)
                    (3) no more than one task is repeated from the last two NRC licensing examinations ./'
no tasks are duplicated from the applicants' audit test(s)./
                                                                                                                              f0~'iv~
1~."11
              c.  Determine if there are enough different outlines to test the projected number and mix          0/'
J fY\\tS
,..--.-            of applicants and ensure that no items are duplicated on subsequent days.
(4)
      4.      R.  Assess whether plant-specific priorities (including PRA and IPE insights) are covered
the number of flew or modified tasks meets or exceeds the minimums specified on the form ,/
                    in the appropriate exam sections.                                                                          -j-:)   7lJ     \\rR>
.
      G
/!II./ I
        E
(5)
              b. Assess whether the 10 CFR55,41 143 and 55,45 sampling is appropriate.
the number of alternate path, low-power, emergency, and RCA tasks meet the criteria.>
            1-*-*-----------------....:..--:..-..:....:....:....:..-----------j-!:~+"u::.'9-'~-i1
on the form.
                                                                                                                              -;~tZ.. Iv~
-;~tZ..
      N
Iv~
        E
15 '1?J ifVIfJ
              c.    Ensure that KIA importance ratings (except for plant-specific priorities) are at least 2.5.               15      '1?J      ifVIfJ
i1'~ 1lJ 1~
              d. Check for duplication and overlap among exam sections.
f0~'iv~
        R
-j-:) 7lJ \\\\rR>
        p.,   e. Check the entire exam for balance of coverage.
Assess whether the 10 CFR55,41 143 and 55,45 sampling is appropriate.
        L
Assess whether the exam fits the appropriate job level (RO or SRO).
                    Assess whether the exam fits the appropriate job level (RO or SRO).
e.
                                                                                                                                            Date
Check the entire exam for balance of coverage.
    a. Author                                                                                                                            j 1/7(t/'8
d.
    b. Facility Reviewer (')                                                                                                           I JI7/~
Check for duplication and overlap among exam sections.
    c. NRC Chief Examiner (if)                                                                                                       Q2 /0.4  bM'-,
b.
    d. NRC Supervisor                   IJA.II'Fn..l./~\'''nll.Uf..:,/                 ~         *                                 t'-7{l5'I",
1-*-*-----------------....:..--:..-..:....:....:....:..-----------j-!:~+"u::.'9-'~-i1
II-'                                                                             --Ifll.<::~~.,/Y   'L
c.
    Note:                  # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Colbmrr"C"; ctlref examiner concurrence required.
Ensure that KIA importance ratings (except for plant-specific priorities) are at least 2.5.
                                :j,; >:>>.:,c,;c 'z... ., f<:'., ... ,' ",.; 11;;',;!:>;[' :);V,':".
G
                                                              E8-201, Page 26 of 28
E
N
E
R
p.,
L
b.
Verify that the administrative outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-1:
(1)
the tasks are distributed among the topics as specified on the form ,./
(2)
at least one task is new or significantly modified ,./
(3)
no more than one task is repeated from the last two NRC licensing examinations ./'
c.
Determine if there are enough different outlines to test the projected number and mix
0/'
,..--.-
of applicants and ensure that no items are duplicated on subsequent days.
4.
R.
Assess whether plant-specific priorities (including PRA and IPE insights) are covered
in the appropriate exam sections.
Note:
Date
j 1/7(t/'8
I JI7/~
Q2 /0.4bM'-,
t'-7{l5'I",
a. Author
b. Facility Reviewer (')
c. NRC Chief Examiner (if)
d. NRC Supervisor
IJA.II'Fn..l./~\\'''nll.Uf..:,/
~
*
II-'
--Ifll.<::~~.,/Y 'L
# Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Colbmrr"C"; ctlref examiner concurrence required.
:j,; >:>>.:,c,;c 'z... .,f<:'., ... ,'
",.; 11;;',;!:>;['
:);V,':".
E8-201, Page 26 of 28


                                                                                                                                          DIll 7
ES-201
  ES-201                                   Examination Outline Quality Checklist                                             Form ES-201-2
Examination Outline Quality Checklist
    Facility:                                                                                         Date of Examination:
DIll
                                                                                                                                      Initials
7
    Item                                                 Task Description
Form ES-201-2
                                                                                                                                  a      b*       c#
(
      1.     a. Verify that the outline(s) fills) the appropriate model, in accordance with ES-401.                           ~ ./  V ~
(
      W
Facility:
      R
Date of Examination:
        I
Initials
              b. Assess whether the outline was systematically and randomly prepared in accordance with
Item
                  Section 0.1 of ES-401 and whether all KiA cateqories are appropriately sampled.                             -IS .#J.... '01{S
Task Description
      T
b*
              c. Assess whether the outline over-emphasizes any systems, evolutions, or generic topics.                         --1) .,~
c#
                                                                                                                                              *
a
      T
1.
      E
a.
      N
Verify that the outline(s) fills) the appropriate model, in accordance with ES-401.
              d. Assess whether the justifications for deselected or rejected KiA statements are appropriate.
~ V
                                                                                                                                ~     I-ra) NJ6
~
      2.     a. Using Form ES-301-5, verify that the proposed scenario sets cover the required number
W
      S
./
                  of normal evolutions, instrument and component failures, technical specifications,
R
                  and major transients.
b.
                                                                                                                                ~      1Y M$
Assess whether the outline was systematically and randomly prepared in accordance with
        I
-IS .#J.... '01{S
      M       b. Assess whether there are enough scenario sets (and spares) to test the projected number
I
                                                                                                                                      ~ r1&#xa3;
Section 0.1 of ES-401 and whether all KiA cateqories are appropriately sampled.
      U          and mix of applicants in accordance with the expected crew composition and rotation schedule
T
        L         without compromising exam integrity, and ensure that each applicant can be tested using
Assess whether the outline over-emphasizes any systems, evolutions, or generic topics.
                  at least one new or significantly modified scenario, that no scenarios are duplicated
--1) .,~ *
                                                                                                                                ~
T
      A
c.
        T          from the applicants' audit testis). and that scenarios will notbe repeated on subsequent days.
E
      0       c. To the extent possible, assess whether the outline(s) conform(s) with the qualitative
d.
                                                                                                                                p
Assess whether the justifications for deselected or rejected KiA statements are appropriate.
      R           and quantitative criteria specified on Form ES-301-4 and described in AppendiX2Ctt -tlcn
~ I-ra)
              - 30i-l.I' Wa.S""Y\Df- u.h ~\'
N
              t:S-                        s        .~ w.A Lv.,'Uu.. {)IIVII~ W(V.[\SI".fL
NJ6
                                                                        wl-\'      . L ioCe\15E'e YIlt!> ~
2.
                                                                                                "i-iAS                 ~*  td.
a.
                                                                                                          ~,'''IA ~'1'v)k-\t:         Irv ~
Using Form ES-301-5, verify that the proposed scenario sets cover the required number
        3.     a. Verify that the systems walk-through outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-2:
~ 1Y
                  (1 ) the outline(s) contain(s) the required number of control room and in-plant tasks
of normal evolutions, instrument and component failures, technical specifications,
(    W                 distributed among the safety functions as specified on the form
M$
        /
S
        T
and major transients.
                  (2) task repetition from the last two NRC examinations is within the limits specified on the form
I
                  (3) no tasks are duplicated from the applicants' audit testis)
M
                  (4) the number of new or modified tasks meets or exceeds the minimums specified on the form
b.
                                                                                                                                76
Assess whether there are enough scenario sets (and spares) to test the projected number
                                                                                                                                      rr        r<<V
U
                  (5) the number of altemate path, low-power, emergency, and RCA tasks meet the criteria
and mix of applicants in accordance with the expected crew composition and rotation schedule ~ ~ r1&#xa3;
                          on the form.
L
              b. Verify that the administrative outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-1:
without compromising exam integrity, and ensure that each applicant can be tested using
                  (1 ) the tasks are distributed among the topics as specified on the form
A
                                                                                                                                                '*
at least one new or significantly modified scenario, that no scenarios are duplicated
                    (2) at least one task is new or significantly modified
T
                    (3) no more than one task is repeated from the last two NRC licensinq examinations
from the applicants' audit testis). and that scenarios will notbe repeated on subsequent days.
                                                                                                                                7!J    ~ (ff6
0
                                                                                                                                15 ,iJ          ~
c.
              c.   Determine if there are enough different outlines to test the projected number and mix
To the extent possible, assess whether the outline(s) conform(s) with the qualitative
                    of applicants and ensure that no items are duplicated on subsequent days.
p
                                                                                                                                76 ~
R
        4.     a. Assess whether plant-specific priorities (including PRA and IPE insights) are covered
and quantitative criteria specified on Form ES-301-4 and described in AppendiX2Ctt -tlcn
                    in the appropriate exam sections.                                                                                           tI1t
Irv ~
        G       b. Assess whether the 10 CFR 55.41/43 and 55.45 sampling is appropriate.                                       .~     ~ tWP
-
        E
30
        N       c. Ensure that KiA importance ratings (except for plant-specific priorities) are at least 2.5.                 76 .<lJ ~
'
        R
u.h
        E
.~ w.A
                d. Check for duplication and overlap among exam sections.                                                       76 .<tJ ~
,'U
        A     e. Check the entire exam for balance of coverage.                                                               76 4r/ \'\Xb
wl-\\'
        L
. L ioCe\\15E'e
                f.  Assess whether the exam fits the appropriate job level (RO or SRO).                                         o>> ~v..I 'f\\t5
YIlt!> ~
      a. Author                        7"1omitS
~ *td
                                                          -:s:::       Printed Na
t:S-
                                                                O"V'" .:>
i-l.IWa.S""Y\\Df- s
                                                                                        . .' JO
~\\'
                                                                                          ~         ~~                              ioltcPJih
Lv. u..
      b. Facility Reviewer (*)         TJJ& I""" "'~ 0   cJA If.." e,   /--   Y   "'   r.   trJ/                                   jV//? (07
{)IIVII~
                                        M.AI\~ A- 'B4-r&#xa3;5 I ~ ~ L/ J
W(V.[\\SI".fL "i-iAS
      c. NRC Chief Examiner (#)
~,'''IA
      d. NRC Supervisor                 J IIUI'N 1.( 1:\\IfT)dlHIi-! /         tfb'O<.:t.':is1
~'1'v)k-\\t: .
                                                                                                            ....
3.
                                                                                                                                        "'/fltlo7
a.
                                                                                                                                        {I/N! 1 lJ
Verify that the systems walk-through outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-2:
                                                                                ( -,          r
(1 )
      Note:
the outline(s) contain(s) the required number of control room and in-plant tasks
          *
W
                              # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Coiwr;n "c"; chief examiner concurrence required.
distributed among the safety functions as specified on the form
              ()(C~'h\trl.s        CU'-  i1cted      d'Y1      L1'Mf\'\eJ."\1- 'S"'~-\-.
r<<V
/
(2)
task repetition from the last two NRC examinations is within the limits specified on the form
76 rr
T
(3)
no tasks are duplicated from the applicants' audit testis)
(4)
the number of new or modified tasks meets or exceeds the minimums specified on the form
'*
(5)
the number of altemate path, low-power, emergency, and RCA tasks meet the criteria
on the form.
b.
Verify that the administrative outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-1:
(1 )
the tasks are distributed among the topics as specified on the form
7!J ~
(ff6
(2)
at least one task is new or significantly modified
(3)
no more than one task is repeated from the last two NRC licensinq examinations
c.
Determine if there are enough different outlines to test the projected number and mix
15,iJ ~
of applicants and ensure that no items are duplicated on subsequent days.
4.
a.
Assess whether plant-specific priorities (including PRA and IPE insights) are covered
76 ~ tI1t
in the appropriate exam sections.
G
b.
Assess whether the 10 CFR 55.41/43 and 55.45 sampling is appropriate.
.~ ~ tWP
E
N
c.
Ensure that KiA importance ratings (except for plant-specific priorities) are at least 2.5.
76 .<lJ ~
E
d.
Check for duplication and overlap among exam sections.
76 .<tJ ~
R
A
e.
Check the entire exam for balance of coverage.
76 4r/ \\'\\Xb
L
Assess whether the exam fits the appropriate job level (RO or SRO).
o>> ~v..I 'f\\\\t5
f.
7"1omitS -:s:::
Printed Na
...' JO
ioltcPJih
a. Author
O"V'" .:>
~
~~
b. Facility Reviewer (*)
TJJ& I""" "'~
0
cJA If.."
e,
/-- Y
"' r. trJ/
jV//? (07
c. NRC Chief Examiner (#)
M.AI\\~ A- 'B4-r&#xa3;5 I ~ ~ L/ J O<.:t.':is
"'/fltlo7
d. NRC Supervisor
J IIUI'N 1.(1:\\\\IfT)dlHIi-! / tfb'
1
{I/N!lJ1
(
(
                                                          ES-201, Page 25 of 27
-,
r
....
Note:
# Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Coiwr;n "c"; chief examiner concurrence required.
* ()(C~'h\\trl.s
CU'- i1cted
d'Y1
L1'Mf\\'\\eJ."\\1- 'S"'~-\\-.
ES-201, Page 25 of 27


ES-201                                                     Examination Security Agreement                                                 Form ES-201-3
ES-201
1.       Pre-Examination                                                                                                         J /:< e log  ike!
Examination Security Agreement
I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of       ,7/?I/o (f   as of the
Form ES-201-3
1.
Pre-Examination
J/:< elog ike!
I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of ,7/?I/o(f
as of the
date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authorized
date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authorized
by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be
by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be
Line 264: Line 517:
enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or
enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or
suggestions that examination security may have been compromised.
suggestions that examination security may have been compromised.
2.       Post-Examination
2.
To the best of my kno~ledg2~1 id not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered
Post-Examination
during the week(s) of !h9 - i'~ O:9From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not
To the best of my kno~ledg2~1
id not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered
during the week(s) of !h9 -
i'~ O:9From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not
instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically
instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically
noted below and authorized by the NRC.                                                                                       .
noted below and authorized by the NRC.
                                  JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY
.
                                  :szl14E
JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY
                                    DP~Tlo~
:szl14E
                                                                ES-201, Page 26 of 27
DP~Tlo~
ES-201, Page 26 of 27


ES-201                                                     Examination Security Agreement                                                   Form ES-201-3
ES-201
1.       Pre-Examination                                                                                                             /       /     I
Examination Security Agreement
                                                                                                                                    I   '2.~{ o?f t"~v
Form ES-201-3
I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of         ;2./ 'lJ (0 'if as of the
1.
Pre-Examination
/
/
I
I
'2.~{ o?f t"~v
I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of ;2./ 'lJ(0'if as of the
date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authorized
date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authorized
by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be
by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be
administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and
administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and
authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or
authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or
provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility
provide direct or indirect feedback).
Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility
licensee's procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an
licensee's procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an
enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or
enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or
suggestions that examination security may have been compromised.
suggestions that examination security may have been compromised.
2.       Post-Examination
2.
Post-Examination
To the best of my knowled~e I did not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered
To the best of my knowled~e I did not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered
during the week(s) of ~~ -   Y'f'OG' From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not
during the week(s) of ~~ - Y'f'OG' From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not
instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically
instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically
noted below and authorized by the NRC.
noted below and authorized by the NRC.
                                  JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY                                             DATE
JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY
                                    kDIfo
kD
                                      ~o
Ifo
                                        go
~ogo
                                        /20
/20
                                                                  ES-201, Page 26 of 27
ES-201, Page 26 of 27
DATE


  SC-&>>fY#/             l:-&#xa3;JO f"
SC-&>>fY#/
    ES~201
l:-&#xa3;JOf"
                                                                Examination           See!~tl-A-8-ree-m-l!-n-t-F-crm-------------f-o-nn""(~s-2ft1*3
ES~201
    1.        Pre-Exarnin:atfon
Examination See!~tl-A-8-ree-m-l!-n-t-F-crm-------------f-o-nn""(~s-2ft1*3
                                                                                                                                                  )!;z.r; /t;? ~wV
Pre-Exarnin:atfon
    I ackrlo.edge that Ehave acquirHdspecialized knowledge about the-tIRe Ijc;ensing exam illations t.cheduled for the week(s) of               ?j ~ 10 "l     as of the
)!;z.r;/t;?
    date o.f my signaturtr. I agree that I will no'! knowin{ly divulge any infurmation about these examinaoons to aly per-mns who haw not been authnrized
~wV
    by the NRC chief examinet'". I u rtde:rsland t'lat I ern &#xa3;101to instruc;l. evaluate, or provid e perform eoce feedback 10 those apj;li[;Clnls scheduled to be
I ackrlo.edge that Ehave acquirHdspecialized knowledgeabout the-tIRe Ijc;ensing examillations t.cheduled for the week(s) of ?j~10 "l
    admi l'iisteled these licensing examinatlO1l$. from this dat.e unlil c:omplel:ion of examination admi nistniliorl, except as specifica lit noted oolow and
as of the
    aultlorized byttle NRC (e.g., acting as a simt.Jator boot! h 'Opef~or or eemmurlicatOl' is aooeptableif 111 iii indi\lidLSlI does not select the fJainingCOnient or
date o.fmy signaturtr. I agree that I will no'! knowin{ly divulge any infurmation about these examinaoons to aly per-mns who haw not been authnrized
    llfovide direct a'" indirec1 feedback). Furthemllre. I aIrI aware of !tie physical security measures aJ1d rE!q\lirernel11s (as documented fl the facjlil~
by the NRC chief examinet'". I urtde:rsland t'lat I ern &#xa3;101to instruc;l. evaluate, or provide performeoce feedback 10thoseapj;li[;Clnls scheduled to be
    lit:erJsee's procecb'es) and understand thai vio!a1ion of the conditio ns of thks agreem enJ. mayrestflt in carnl!Dalion (If the elo:aminatioos and/or an
admil'iisteled these licensing examinatlO1l$. from this dat.eunlil c:omplel:ion of examination administniliorl, except as specificalit noted oolow and
    enfDlcement action agains1 me or lhefaGilitv licensee. Iw. immEdialelyreport to facility managemeritOf tire NRC chief examio@r 8rIY indications Dr
aultlorized byttle NRC (e.g., acting as a simt.Jator boot!
    suggesfons that eKaminal~on o.ewrity may ha\19 been compromised.
h 'Opef~or or eemmurlicatOl' is aooeptableif 111 iii indi\\lidLSlI does not select the fJainingCOnient or
    2_         Post-E nmination
llfovide direct a'" indirec1 feedback). Furthemllre. I aIrI aware of !tie physical security measures aJ1d rE!q\\lirernel11s (as documented fl the facjlil~
    To tf1ebest of my lfficMtIedge. t d id not divLIIgeto any un<llJthorlzed persons any irforrnatiQn ooncemiog the NRC Ii-cerlsing exarnillaticns admTiistered
lit:erJsee's procecb'es) and understand thai vio!a1ionof the conditions of thks agreem enJ. mayrestflt in carnl!Dalion (If the elo:aminatioos and/or an
    dlJri1g the week(s) of                 . From the dale that I entered into this sewlil1' agreemeflt unlil ttle compleliort of e:xami1ation admi1istratioo. r tid oot
enfDlcement action agains1 me or lhefaGilitv licensee. Iw. immEdialelyreport to facility managemeritOf tire NRC chief examio@r 8rIY indications Dr
    instrudl. evaluale, or provide pelfurmance feedback m thase applicants who were administered these licensi"lg elC3minations, ext:ept as spef;ifically
suggesfons that eKaminal~on o.ewrity may ha\\19 been compromised.
    noted beJow:and authorized by the NRC                                             .
1.
            PRlmED!'WAE~
2_
    1:~s8'H M.$G..*Jb(
Post-E nmination
                                        JOB rrns I RESPONSIBILITY
To tf1ebest of my lfficMtIedge. td id not divLIIgeto any un<llJthorlzed persons any irforrnatiQn ooncemiog the NRC Ii-cerlsing exarnillaticns admTiistered
                                                                                .f-~-Fli../L-:o,..t
dlJri1g the week(s) of
                                                                                                    SIGNAT~  ~Yf_
. From the dale that I entered into this sewlil1' agreemeflt unlil ttle compleliort of e:xami1ation admi1istratioo. rtid oot
                                                                                                                          DJ}T~. ~."
instrudl. evaluale, or provide pelfurmance feedback m thase applicants who were administered these licensi"lg elC3minations, ext:ept as spef;ifically
                                                                                                                *_~iLE:.!LQ.7
noted beJow:and authorized by the NRC
                                                                                                                                        T
.
                                                                                                                                ~ ~Z* Jl oK
ES-201, Page 26 of27
                                                                                                                                                {          VA E    TE
--------------
                                          fS. \J !ef'J PR                                  =,-,_"L-J-=;;:..
--------------
                                                                                                        ___ _
JOB rrns I RESPONSIBILITY
    2.                                                                   ---l.[~>--*-----                                     ~_"                  _
fS. \\J !ef'JPR
PRlmED!'WAE~
SIGNAT~
DJ}T~. ~."
T
{
VA E
TE
1:~s8'H M.$G..*Jb(
.f-~-Fli../L-:o,..t
=,-,_"L-J-=;;:..__~
__
Yf_
*_~iLE:.!LQ.7~~Z* Jl oK
2.
---l.[~>--*-----
~_"
_
3.
.
--'-
_
4.
.
_
5.
.
_
6.
_
7.
_
a.
9.
--:.~
_
10.,
_
11.,
.
_
12.,
~__
13,,
_
14.
15_,-='
-----------------
NOTES:
C
C
0-
0-
    3.                              .              --'-                                                          _
    4.                                                                          .                                  _
    5.                                                              .                                                _
    6.                                                                                                              _
    7.                      _
    a.
    9.                                                  --:.~                                                        _
    10.,                                                            _
    11.,                                                                          .                                    _
      12.,          ~  __
    13,,                                                              _
                                                                                                                                --------------
    14.
                                                                                                              --------- -----
    15_,-='    -----------------
      NOTES:
                                                                                ES-201, Page 26 of 27


  ES-301                                       Administrative Topics Outline                                 Form ES-301-1
ES-301
  Facility:      Sequoyah 1 & 2                                      Date of Examination:                1/2008
Administrative Topics Outline
  Examination Level (circle one):              Ro9                    Operating Test Number:              NRC
Form ES-301-1
        Administrative Topic          Type Code*                          Describe activity to be performed
(
            (see Note)
                                                        2.1.1      Knowledge of conduct of operations requirements. (CFR:
  Conduct of Operations
                                                                  41.10/45.13) 3.7/3.8
                                              N,R
                                                                  Determine license status      Active / Inactive
                                                        2.1.33 Ability to recognize indications for system operating
  Conduct of Operations
                                                                  parameters which are entry-level conditions for technical
                                                                  specifications. (CFR: 43.2 /43.3/45.3) 3.4 / 4.0
                                              D,S
                                                                  Perform Shift Log SI-2 SG Level Instrumentation (JPM
                                                                  176)
                                                        2.2.18 Knowledge of the process for managing maintenance
                                                                  activities during shutdown operations.
  Equipment Control
                                                                    (CFR: 43.5/45.13)        3.6
                                              N,R
                                                                  Containment Closure Time
                                                        2.3.10 Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of
  Radiation Control
                                                                  radiation and guard against personnel exposure. (CFR:
(                                            D,R                  43.4 / 45.10) 2.9/3.3
                                                                  Survey Map (JPM 166)
                                                        2.4.41    Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and
  Emergency Plan
                                                                  classifications.(CFR: 43.5/45.11) 4.1
                                              D,S
                                                                    Classify the REP Degraded Core with Possible Loss of
                                                                    Coolable Geometry and Likely Cntmt Failure (JPM 109)
  NOTE:          All items (5 total are required for SROs. RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are retaking
                only the administrative topics, when 5 are required.
  *Type Codes & Criteria:                (C)ontrol room
                                        Class(R)oom
                                        (D)irect from bank (:S: 3 for ROs;  :s: for SROs & RO retakes)
                                        (N)ew or (M)odified from bank (> 1)
                                        (P)revious 2 exams (:S: 1; randomly selected)
                                        (S )imulator
(
(
  NUREG-1021                                                                                                       Revision 9
Facility:
Sequoyah 1 & 2
Ro9
Date of Examination:
1/2008
Examination Level (circle one):
Operating Test Number:
NRC
Administrative Topic
Type Code*
Describe activity to be performed
(see Note)
Conduct of Operations
2.1.1
Knowledge of conduct of operations requirements. (CFR:
N,R
41.10/45.13)
3.7/3.8
Determine license status
Active / Inactive
Conduct of Operations
2.1.33
Ability to recognize indications for system operating
parameters which are entry-level conditions for technical
D,S
specifications. (CFR: 43.2 /43.3/45.3)
3.4 / 4.0
Perform Shift Log SI-2 SG Level Instrumentation (JPM
176)
2.2.18
Knowledge of the process for managing maintenance
Equipment Control
activities during shutdown operations.
N,R
(CFR: 43.5/45.13)
3.6
Containment Closure Time
Radiation Control
2.3.10
Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of
radiation and guard against personnel exposure. (CFR:
D,R
43.4 / 45.10)
2.9/3.3
Survey Map (JPM 166)
Emergency Plan
2.4.41
Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and
classifications.(CFR: 43.5/45.11)
4.1
D,S
Classify the REP Degraded Core with Possible Loss of
Coolable Geometry and Likely Cntmt Failure (JPM 109)
NOTE:
All items (5 total are required for SROs.
RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are retaking
only the administrative topics, when 5 are required.
*Type Codes & Criteria:
(C)ontrol room
Class(R)oom
(D)irect from bank (:S: 3 for ROs; :s: for SROs & RO retakes)
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank (> 1)
(P)revious 2 exams (:S: 1; randomly selected)
(S)imulator
NUREG-1021
Revision 9


  ES-301                                   Administrative Topics Outline                             Form ES-301-1
ES-301
                                                SRO Admin JPM Summary
Administrative Topics Outline
  A 1a The applicant will evaluate the status of licensed operators work history to determine if license is active or
SRO Admin JPM Summary
      inactive.
Form ES-301-1
  A1b  The applicant will be required to recognize a required Technical Specification entry while completing and a
      portion of the daily shift surveillance instruction.
  A2  The applicant will evaluate a request to open a containment penetration during a refuel outage and determine
      the requirements.
  A3  The applicant will use a survey map to determine anti-contamination clothing requirements, stay time, and
      radiation levels in area.
  A4  The applicant will evaluate conditions for entry into the E-Plan, determine the proper classification, protection
      action recommendation, and make required notifications.
(
(
  NUREG-1021                                                                                                 Revision 9
A1a
The applicant will evaluate the status of licensed operators work history to determine if license is active or
inactive.
A1b
The applicant will be required to recognize a required Technical Specification entry while completing and a
portion of the daily shift surveillance instruction.
A2
The applicant will evaluate a request to open a containment penetration during a refuel outage and determine
the requirements.
A3
The applicant will use a survey map to determine anti-contamination clothing requirements, stay time, and
radiation levels in area.
A4
The applicant will evaluate conditions for entry into the E-Plan, determine the proper classification, protection
action recommendation, and make required notifications.
NUREG-1021
Revision 9


  ES-301                               Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline                               Form ES-301-2
ES-301
  Facility:         Sequoyah 1 & 2
Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline
  Exam Level (circle one):
Form ES-301-2
                                            -
(
                                      R~SRO~I SRO (U)
Facility:
                                                                              Date of Examination:
Sequoyah 1 & 2
                                                                              Operating Test No.:
Date of Examination:
                                                                                                                1/2008
1/2008
                                                                                                                NRC
-
  Control Room Systems@ (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-U, including 1 ESF)
Exam Level (circle one):
                                                                                                Type Code*       Safety
R~SRO~I SRO (U)
                                    System I JPM Title
Operating Test No.:
                                                                                                                  Function
NRC
  a.     W/E14 High Containment Pressure         (EA-1.1 ) 3.7 I 3.7
Control Room Systems@ (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-U, including 1 ESF)
                                                                                                    D,A,S             5
System I JPM Title
        Respond to High Containment Pressure (JPM 057AP1)
Type Code*
  b.     003 Reactor Coolant Pump System         (A2.01 )     3.5 I 3.9
Safety
                                                                                                    N,L,S           4P
Function
        Respond to a #1 RCP Seal Failure
a.
  c.     001 Control Rod Drive System       (A3.05)     3.5 I 3.5
W/E14 High Containment Pressure
                                                                                                  M,A,L,S           1
(EA-1.1 )
        Shutdown Bank Withdrawal
3.7 I 3.7
  d.     004 Chemical and Volume Control System (A4.06)           3.6 13.1
D,A,S
                                                                                                    N,L,S           2
5
        Fill and Vent Excess Letdown
Respond to High Containment Pressure (JPM 057AP1)
  e.     038 Steam Generator Tube Rupture (EA 1.32 ) 4.6 14.7
b.
                                                                                                    D,A,S           3
003 Reactor Coolant Pump System
        SG tube rupture with MSIV fails to Close (JPM 075AP)
(A2.01 )
( f.     015 Nuclear Instrumentation System (A 1.01) 3.5 I 3.8
3.5 I 3.9
                                                                                                    D,A,S           7
N,L,S
        Calibrate Power Range Nuclear Instrumentation (JPM 22-AP2)
4P
  g.     064 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System (A4.06)             3.9 I 3.9
Respond to a #1 RCP Seal Failure
                                                                                                    M,D,S           6
c.
        Shutdown the Diesel Generator (1A-A and 1B-B) (JPM 046-1)
001 Control Rod Drive System
  h.
(A3.05)
  In-Plant Systems@ (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-I; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)
3.5 I 3.5
  i.     061 Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater System         (A2.04)     3.4 I 3.8
M,A,L,S
                                                                                                    D,A,E,R         4S
1
          Operate the TO AFW Pump Locally (JPM 74-2AP)
Shutdown Bank Withdrawal
  j.     004 Chemical and Volume Control System         (A2.25)     3.8 14.3
d.
                                                                                                      D,R             1
004 Chemical and Volume Control System (A4.06)
          Uncontrolled Dilution Flow Path Isolation (O-SI-OPS 063-214.0)) (JPM 40-2)
3.6 13.1
  k.     062 AC Electrical Distribution (A2.10)     3.0 13.3
N,L,S
                                                                                                      D,A             6
2
          Transfer 480v SO Board 2A1-A from Normal to Alternate (JPM 061AP2)
Fill and Vent Excess Letdown
  @           All RO and SRO-I control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions;
e.
              all 5 SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap
038 Steam Generator Tube Rupture (EA1.32 )
              those tested in the control room.
4.6 14.7
  NUREG-1021                                                                                                   Revision 9
D,A,S
3
SG tube rupture with MSIV fails to Close (JPM 075AP)
f.
015 Nuclear Instrumentation System (A1.01) 3.5 I 3.8
D,A,S
7
Calibrate Power Range Nuclear Instrumentation (JPM 22-AP2)
g.
064 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System (A4.06)
3.9 I 3.9
M,D,S
6
Shutdown the Diesel Generator (1A-A and 1B-B) (JPM 046-1)
h.
In-Plant Systems@ (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-I; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)
i.
061 Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater System
(A2.04)
3.4 I 3.8
D,A,E,R
4S
Operate the TO AFW Pump Locally (JPM 74-2AP)
j.
004 Chemical and Volume Control System
(A2.25)
3.8 14.3
D,R
1
Uncontrolled Dilution Flow Path Isolation (O-SI-OPS 063-214.0)) (JPM 40-2)
k.
062 AC Electrical Distribution
(A2.10)
3.0 13.3
D,A
6
Transfer 480v SO Board 2A1-A from Normal to Alternate (JPM 061AP2)
@
All RO and SRO-I control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions;
all 5 SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap
those tested in the control room.
NUREG-1021
Revision 9


    ES-301                                 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline                                       Form ES-301-2
ES-301
                                                                                                              ~
Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline
                            * Type Codes                                         Criteria for RO / SRQl-1 j SRO-U
Form ES-301-2
\,                                                                                                          "
\\,
                                                                                                              --
~
    (A)lternate path                                                                         4-6/4-0'/2-3 iJJ
* Type Codes
    (C)ontrol room
Criteria for RO / SRQl-1 j SRO-U
    (D)irect from bank                                                                       '5, 9 / ff!:<;47
" --
    (E)mergency or abnormal in-plant                                                               1 / 1"1:?: 1 \
(A)lternate path
    (L)ow-Power / Shutdown                                                                     <:: 1 / 11:'?:1 .:>
4-6/4-0'/2-3
    (N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A)                                                 2/'?2"1'2:1-1
iJJ
    (P)revious 2 exams                                                             3/   3/ 2 (randomly selected) 0
(C)ontrol room
    (R)CA                                                                                         1 / 1/<:: 1 .......-
ff!:<;47
    (S)imulator
(D)irect from bank
                                                          JPM Summary
'5,9 /
    JPMA       RHR spray will be established in accordance with FR-Z.1, High Containment Pressure. This is a Bank
(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant
              Alternate Path JPM.
1 /
    JPM B     An RCP seal failure will be diagnosed and the Abnormal Operating Instruction used to remove the pump
1"1:?: 1 \\
              from service. This is a new low power/shutdown JPM
(L)ow-Power / Shutdown
    JPM C     A failure of the step counter will occur during the withdrawal of Shutdown Rods requiring a reactor trip.
<:: 1 /
              This is a new alternate path low power/shutdown JPM.
11:'?:1 .:>
    JPM D     Excess letdown system will be filled and vented from the control room using the system operating
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A)
              instruction. This is a new low power/shutdown JPM.
2/'?2"1'2:1-1
    JPM E     A Main Steam Isolation valve will fail to close during the isolation of steam side of a ruptured steam
(P)revious 2 exams
              generator will be isolated .. This is a Bank Alternate Path JPM.
3/
3/
2 (randomly selected) 0
(R)CA
1 /
1/<:: 1 .......-
(S)imulator
JPM Summary
JPMA
JPM B
JPM C
JPM D
JPM E
(
(
'-
'-
    JPM F     Power Range nuclear instruments will be adjusted in accordance with the surveillance instruction O-SI-OPS-
JPM F
              092-078.0. This is a Bank Alternate Path JPM.
JPM G
    JPM G      Unit 1 Diesel Generators will be shutdown per EA-82-1. This is a Bank modified JPM.
JPM I
    JPM I      Plant JPM -The trip and throttle valve will not open electrically while TDAFW pump is being placed in
RHR spray will be established in accordance with FR-Z.1, High Containment Pressure. This is a Bank
              service locally. This is an Alternate path Bank JPM using emergency abnormal procedure performed inside
Alternate Path JPM.
              the RCA.
An RCP seal failure will be diagnosed and the Abnormal Operating Instruction used to remove the pump
    JPM J       Dilution flow path will be isolated using O-SI-OPS 062-214.0. This is a Bank JPM performed inside the
from service. This is a new low power/shutdown JPM
                RCA using an Appendix contains in a surveillance instruction.
A failure of the step counter will occur during the withdrawal of Shutdown Rods requiring a reactor trip.
    JPM K       Plant JPM - A breaker will fail to operate while a transfer of a 480v Shutdown Board is being attempted.
This is a new alternate path low power/shutdown JPM.
              This is a Bank Alternate Path JPM.
Excess letdown system will be filled and vented from the control room using the system operating
    NUREG-1021                                                                                                             Revision 9
instruction. This is a new low power/shutdown JPM.
A Main Steam Isolation valve will fail to close during the isolation of steam side of a ruptured steam
generator will be isolated.. This is a Bank Alternate Path JPM.
Power Range nuclear instruments will be adjusted in accordance with the surveillance instruction O-SI-OPS-
092-078.0. This is a Bank Alternate Path JPM.
Unit 1 Diesel Generators will be shutdown per EA-82-1. This is a Bank modified JPM.
Plant JPM -The trip and throttle valve will not open electrically while TDAFW pump is being placed in
service locally. This is an Alternate path Bank JPM using emergency abnormal procedure performed inside
the RCA.
JPM J
Dilution flow path will be isolated using O-SI-OPS 062-214.0.
This is a Bank JPM performed inside the
RCA using an Appendix contains in a surveillance instruction.
JPM K
Plant JPM - A breaker will fail to operate while a transfer of a 480v Shutdown Board is being attempted.
This is a Bank Alternate Path JPM.
NUREG-1021
Revision 9


  ES-301                                         Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline                                                 Form ES-301-2
ES-301
  Facility:              Sequoyah 1 & 2
Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline
  Exam Level (circle one):                      RO I SRO(I)(:;RO
Form ES-301-2
                                                                    - (uij                          Date of Examination:
                                                                                                    Operating Test No.:
                                                                                                                                              1/2008
                                                                                                                                              NRC
  Control Room Systems@ (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-U, including 1 ESF)
                                                                                                                              Type Code*        Safety
                                              System I JPM Title
                                                                                                                                                Function
  a.    W/E14 High Containment Pressure                      (EA-1.1 ) 3.7 I 3.7
                                                                                                                                D,A,S              5
        Respond to High Containment Pressure (JPM 057 AP1)
  b.    003 Reactor Coolant Pump System (A2.01)                          3.5 I 3.9
                                                                                                                                N,L,S            4P
        Respond to a #1 RCP Seal Failure
  c.    001 Control Rod Drive System (A3.05)                        3.5 I 3.5
                                                                                                                                M,A,L,S              1
        Shutdown Bank Withdrawal
  d.
  e.
  f.
  g.
(
(
  h.
Facility:
  In-Plant Systems@ (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-I; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)
Sequoyah 1 & 2
  i.     061 Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater System (A2.04)                                 3.4 I 3.8
Date of Examination:
                                                                                                                                D,A,E,R             4S
1/2008
        Operate the TD AFW Pump Locally (JPM 74-2AP)
-
  j.     004 CI ,eli lieal alld 'v'olUilie Conti 01 Systel Ii         (AZ.25)         3.8/4-:&-
Exam Level (circle one):
                                                                                                                                  D,R           '---1--
RO I SRO(I)(:;RO (uij
          Ulieo'iti~IIed Dilution      Flow Patll IS9Iatiol~I-OPS0,6~+4:&)7~('"d'~!\11~40'"2>>-~
Operating Test No.:
    C- Y-tc.<,;"",<'d '?e-t- p/~.;,,,r "-G'v-.t-_<:.~ <-..~ ~(A. ' . k ..A,,-(.j..*W,J. 1:::>, s<:..."""",t ... / L, ="'- ~'f.   tl143  "I ~3/z~~n,
NRC
      D(PJ. /tc EIe..G\-t-\c::..",J, 1:);sk\"Du-Hc"" (A J, 10) :,.0/3,.3                                                         D 1 ri           0
Control Room Systems@ (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-U, including 1 ESF)
  k.
System I JPM Title
      -Y;:-e",v5k ~v 'SD ~e.....J. ''2.;11-1-14 ~.iVv\. (Vct1'f"'oC...(, ~ i41~ok(W(t O~ I /l.p2.)
Type Code*
  @             All RO and SRO-I control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions;
Safety
                all 5 SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap
Function
                those tested in the control room.
a.
  NUREG-1021                                                                                                                                 Revision 9
W/E14 High Containment Pressure
(EA-1.1 )
3.7 I 3.7
D,A,S
5
Respond to High Containment Pressure (JPM 057AP1)
b.
003 Reactor Coolant Pump System
(A2.01)
3.5 I 3.9
N,L,S
4P
Respond to a #1 RCP Seal Failure
c.
001 Control Rod Drive System
(A3.05)
3.5 I 3.5
M,A,L,S
1
Shutdown Bank Withdrawal
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
In-Plant Systems@ (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-I; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)
i.
061 Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater System
(A2.04)
3.4 I 3.8
D,A,E,R
4S
Operate the TD AFW Pump Locally (JPM 74-2AP)
j.
004 CI,eli lieal alld 'v'olUilie Conti 01 Systel Ii
(AZ.25)
3.8/4-:&-
D,R
'---1--
Ulieo'iti~IIedDilution Flow Patll IS9Iatiol~I-OPS0,6~+4:&)7~('"d'~!\\11~40'"2>>-~
~'f.
tl143 "I ~3/z~~n,
C-Y-tc.<,;"",<'d
'?e-t-
p/~.;,,,r
"-G'v-.t-_<:.~
<-..~
~(A.
'.
k ..A,,-(.j..*W,J. 1:::>, s<:..."""",t ... / L,="'-
k.
D(PJ. /tc EIe..G\\-t-\\c::..",J, 1:);sk\\"Du-Hc"" (A J, 10) :,.0/3,.3
D 1 ri
0
-Y;:-e",v5k ~v 'SD ~e.....J. ''2.;11-1-14
~.iVv\\. (Vct1'f"'oC...(, ~ i41~ok(W(t
O~ I /l.p2.)
@
All RO and SRO-I control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions;
all 5 SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap
those tested in the control room.
NUREG-1021
Revision 9


  ES-301                               Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline                               Form ES-301-2
ES-301
(                          * Type Codes                                        Criteria for RO / SRO-I / SRO-U
Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline
  (A)lternate path                                                                        4-6 / 4-6 / 2-3 :>
Form ES-301-2
  (C)ontrol room
  (D)irect from bank                                                                      ~9/:':;8/    4],
  (E)mergency or abnormal in-plant                                                          1/  1/:2::1\
  (L)ow-Power / Shutdown                                                                    1 / 1 / 21 7-
  (N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A)                                              2/ 2/ 1'</
  (P)revious 2 exams                                                            3/    3/ 2 (randomly selected)
  (R)CA                                                                                  ?; 1 /  1/21!fJ
  (S)imulator
                                                          JPM Summary
  JPM A      RHR spray will be established in accordance with FR-Z.1, High Containment Pressure. This is a Bank
              Alternate Path JPM.
  JPM B      An RCP seal failure will be diagnosed and the Abnormal Operating Instruction used to remove the pump
              from service. This is a new low power/shutdown JPM
  JPM C      A failure of the step counter will occur during the withdrawal of Shutdown Rods requiring a reactor trip.
              This is a new alternate path low power/shutdown JPM.
  JPM I      Plant JPM -The trip and throttle valve will not open electrically while TDAFW pump is being placed in
              service locally. This is an Alternate path Bank JPM using emergency abnormal procedure performed inside
              the RCA.
(
(
  JPM J     Dilution flow path will be isolated using O-SI-OPS 062-214.0. This is a Bank JPM performed inside the
(
              RCA using an Appendix contains in a surveillance instruction.
(
(
* Type Codes
    NUREG-1021                                                                                                     Revision 9
Criteria for RO / SRO-I / SRO-U
(A)lternate path
4-6 / 4-6 / 2-3 :>
(C)ontrol room
(D)irect from bank
~9/:':;8/
4],
(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant
1 /
1/:2::1\\
(L)ow-Power / Shutdown
1 /
1 / 21
7-
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A)
2/
2/
1'</
(P)revious 2 exams
3/
3/
2 (randomly selected)
(R)CA
?; 1 /
1/21!fJ
(S)imulator
JPM Summary
JPM A
RHR spray will be established in accordance with FR-Z.1, High Containment Pressure. This is a Bank
Alternate Path JPM.
JPM B
An RCP seal failure will be diagnosed and the Abnormal Operating Instruction used to remove the pump
from service. This is a new low power/shutdown JPM
JPM C
A failure of the step counter will occur during the withdrawal of Shutdown Rods requiring a reactor trip.
This is a new alternate path low power/shutdown JPM.
JPM I
Plant JPM -The trip and throttle valve will not open electrically while TDAFW pump is being placed in
service locally. This is an Alternate path Bank JPM using emergency abnormal procedure performed inside
the RCA.
JPM J
Dilution flow path will be isolated using O-SI-OPS 062-214.0.
This is a Bank JPM performed inside the
RCA using an Appendix contains in a surveillance instruction.
NUREG-1021
Revision 9


  ES-301                                         Operating Test Quality Checklist                           Form ES-301-3
ES-301
( Facility:       Sequoyah 1 & 2           Date of Examination:         1/28/2008     Operating Test Number:           NRC
Operating Test Quality Checklist
                                                                                                                      Initials
Form ES-301-3
                                              1. GENERAL CRITERIA
(
                                                                                                                  a       b*     c#
(
  a.     The operating test conforms with the previously approved outline; changes are consistent
(
          with sampling requirements (e.g. 10 CFR 55.45, operational importance, safety function
Facility:
          distribution).                                                                                      '/6     -;LJ   t~~
Sequoyah 1 & 2
  b.     There is no day-to-day repetition between this and other operating tests to be administered
Date of Examination:
          during this examination.                                                                             -rs      -rZJ lyK!?
1/28/2008
  c.     The operating test shall not duplicate items from the applicants' audit test(s) (see Section
Operating Test Number:
          D.1.a).                                                                                               /'~ ,7ZJ \ri:7
NRC
  d.     Overlap with the written examination and between different parts of the operating test is
1. GENERAL CRITERIA
          within acceptable limits.                                                                           /0 rzJ t~
Initials
  e.     It appears that the operating test will differentiate between competent and less-than-
a
          competent applicants at the designated license level.                                                 ~ JZ---' ~ifv
b*
                                          2. WALK-THROUGH CRITERIA                                                 -       -     -
c#
  a.     Each JPM includes the following, as applicable:
a.
          * initial conditions .,..
The operating test conforms with the previously approved outline; changes are consistent
          * initiating cues ./
with sampling requirements (e.g. 10 CFR 55.45, operational importance, safety function
          *   references and tools, including associated procedures v
'/6 -;LJ t~~
          *   reasonable and validated time limits (average time allowed for completion) and specific
distribution).
              designation if deemed to be time-critical by the facility licensee /"
b.
          *   operationally important specific performance criteria that include:                               76 17-- ~
There is no day-to-day repetition between this and other operating tests to be administered -rs
              - detailed expected actions with exact criteria and nomenclature v
lyK!?
              - system response and other examiner cues .,'
during this examination.
(            - statements describing important observations to be made by the applicant ,"
-rZJ
              - criteria for successful completion of the task ",,"
c.
              -   identification of critical steps and their associated performance standards ./
The operating test shall not duplicate items from the applicants' audit test(s) (see Section
              -   restrictions on the sequence of steps, if applicable ."
/'~
  b.     Ensure that any changes from the previously approved systems and administrative walk-
\\ri:7
                                                                                                                                {~
D.1.a).
          through outlines (Forms ES-301-1 and 2) have not caused the test to deviate from any of
,7ZJ
          the acceptance criteria (e.g., item distribution, bank use, repetition from the last 2 NRC           ~ f7J
d.
          examinations) specified on those forms and Form ES-201-2.
Overlap with the written examination and between different parts of the operating test is
                                            3. SIMULATOR CRITERIA                                                 -       -     -
/0
  The associated simulator operating tests (scenario sets) have been reviewed in accordance with
t~
  Form ES-301-4 and a copy is attached.                                                                       ~        -n: .~
within acceptable limits.
                                                                Printed Name /   Signa~Q.                               Date
rzJ
                                            .---r/'
e.
  a.      Author                            7 hOl11ffS ~rvz'-5             /-: ~~,                 /1--       //;7108
It appears that the operating test will differentiate between competent and less-than-
  b.     Facility Reviewer (*)       .~, I ...."'"'- '-' i.)tlJLc.~
~
                                            't-f\ MUl A" 'v':) AI
~ifv
                                                                            -:>>: .1-_    ./~~~..I~
competent applicants at the designated license level.
                                                                        K7 '/n~. ~/l fti. 1l1'::1f:--.-..
JZ---'
                                                                                                                Iff 7/0 4
2. WALK-THROUGH CRITERIA
  c.      NRC Chief Examiner (#)                                                                              o i /1"3!~trJB
-
                                                                                                .... -.--
-
  d.      NRC Supervisor                     J).AtG(jJJ...l. \V If)MJJ.JAJ I 7!:.m lor
-
                                                                                      .
a.
                                                                                                                t'i!lJ/!",
Each JPM includes the following, as applicable:
                                                                              \" \     ~
*
  NOTE:       *     The facility signature is not applicable for NRC-developed tests.
initial conditions .,..
                #     Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column "c"; chief examiner concurrence required.
*
(
initiating cues ./
    NUREG-1021                                                                                                         Revision 9
*
references and tools, including associated procedures v
*
reasonable and validated time limits (average time allowed for completion) and specific
designation if deemed to be time-critical by the facility licensee /"
17--~
*
operationally important specific performance criteria that include:
76
- detailed expected actions with exact criteria and nomenclature v
- system response and other examiner cues .,'
- statements describing important observations to be made by the applicant ,"
- criteria for successful completion of the task ",,"
- identification of critical steps and their associated performance standards ./
- restrictions on the sequence of steps, if applicable ."
b.
Ensure that any changes from the previously approved systems and administrative walk-
through outlines (Forms ES-301-1 and 2) have not caused the test to deviate from any of
~
f7J {~
the acceptance criteria (e.g., item distribution, bank use, repetition from the last 2 NRC
examinations) specified on those forms and Form ES-201-2.
3. SIMULATOR CRITERIA
-
-
-
The associated simulator operating tests (scenario sets) have been reviewed in accordance with
~ -n: .~
Form ES-301-4 and a copy is attached.
Printed Name / Signa~Q.
Date
.---r/'
~rvz'-5 /-:~~,
/1--
//;7108
a.
Author
7 hOl11ffS
b.
Facility Reviewer (*)
~,
i.)tlJLc.~
-:>>:
Iff 7/0 4
. I
...."'"'- '-'
.1-_ ./~~~..I~
c.
NRC Chief Examiner (#)
't-f\\ MUl A"'v':) AIK7 '/n~..~/l fti. 1l1'::1f:--.-..
o i /1"3!~trJB
d.
NRC Supervisor
J).AtG(jJJ...l.\\V If)MJJ.JAJ I 7!:.mlor
....-.--
t'i!lJ/!",
\\ " \\
.~
NOTE:
*
The facility signature is not applicable for NRC-developed tests.
#
Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column "c"; chief examiner concurrence required.
NUREG-1021
Revision 9


  ES-301                                       Simulator Scenario Quality Checklist                                     Form ES-301-4
ES-301
  Facility:   Sequoyah 1 & 2         Date of Exam:       1/28/2008   Scenario Numbers:     1,2,3,4 Operating Test No.:         NRC
Simulator Scenario Quality Checklist
(                                            QUALITATIVE ATTRIBUTES                                                           Initials
Form ES-301-4
                                                                                                                            a     b*   c#
(
  1.       The initial conditions are realistic, in that some equipment and/or instrumentation may be out of
(
            service, but it does not cue the operators into expected events.                                               73 10 W$
Facility:
  2.       The scenarios consist mostly of related events.                                                               -J~ "J'1-'   ~
Sequoyah 1 & 2
  3.       Each event description consists of
Date of Exam:
            *     the point in the scenario when it is to be initiated
1/28/2008
            *     the malfunction(s) that are entered to initiate the event
Scenario Numbers:
                                                                                                                          /~   JV 1~
1,2,3,4
            *     the symptoms/cues that will be visible to the crew
Operating Test No.:
            *     the expected operator actions (by shift position)
NRC
            *     the event termination point (if applicable)
QUALITATIVE ATTRIBUTES
  4.       No more than one non-mechanistic failure (e.g., pipe break) is incorporated into the scenario without
Initials
            a credible preceding incident such as a seismic event.                                                         '70 7Z/ 1'~
a
  5.       The events are valid with regard to physics and thermodynamics.                                                 7~   -IZ..- \~
b*
  6.       Sequencing and timing of events is reasonable, and allows the examination team to obtain complete
c#
            evaluation results commensurate with the scenario objectives.                                                 '76 -rt>> 'j~
1.
  7.       If time compression techniques are used, the scenario summary clearly so indicates. Operators
The initial conditions are realistic, in that some equipment and/or instrumentation may be out of
            have sufficient time to carry out expected activities without undue time constraints.                         /'-5 Jl; \,,~
73
  8.       The simulator modeling is not altered.                                                                         ?~ ri-       ~
service, but it does not cue the operators into expected events.
  9.       The scenarios have been validated. Pursuant to 10 CFR 55.46(d), any open simulator performance
10 W$
(          deficiencies or deviations from the referenced plant have been evaluated to ensure that functional
2.
                                                                                                                          /~   71J ~
The scenarios consist mostly of related events.
            fidelity is maintained while running the planned scenarios.
-J~ "J'1-' ~
  10.       Every operator will be evaluated using at least one new or significantly modified scenario. All other
3.
            scenarios have been altered in accordance with Section 0.5 of ES-301.                                           :7~
Each event description consists of
                                                                                                                                1V ~
*
  11.       All individual operator competencies can be evaluated, as verified using Form ES-301-6 (submit the
the point in the scenario when it is to be initiated
            form along with the simulator scenarios).                                                                       -/:5 jJ../ .~
*
  12.       Each applicant will be significantly involved in the minimum number of transients and events
the malfunction(s) that are entered to initiate the event
            specified on Form ES-301-5 (submit the form with the simulator scenarios).                                     -;!~ TL/     ~~
1~
  13.       The level of difficulty is appropriate to support licensing decisions for each crew position.                   76 ~ '{'(lD
/~ JV
                    Target Quantitative Attributes (Per Scenario; See Section D.5.d)               Actual Attributes         -     - -
*
                                                                                                    1     2       3   4
the symptoms/cues that will be visible to the crew
                                                                                                      /
*
  1.       Total malfunctions (5-8)                                                               8     16 ""'   7/ '16/ -;f~ -;L;     Mf:,
the expected operator actions (by shift position)
  2.       Malfunctions after EOP entry (1-2)                                                     2""'   1...-- 72/ ;2/   /~ -rc;     ~
*
  3.       Abnormal events (2-4)                                                                   3""-
the event termination point (if applicable)
                                                                                                          3"     4/ 3/ .~       "T/.J l~~
4.
  4.       Major transients (1-2)                                                                   1/ 1 v        1/   1/ /,:) /L i:~ID
No more than one non-mechanistic failure (e.g., pipe break) is incorporated into the scenario without '70
  5.       EOPs entered/requiring substantive actions (1-2)                                         1 ,/ 1/     1/   1/ ?5   '17-   "rib
1'~
  6.       EOP contingencies requiring substantive actions (0-2)                                   1v   0,/ 1/       1/ 7'7     7tr- ~
a credible preceding incident such as a seismic event.
  7.       Critical tasks (2-3)                                                                     2/ 3v 2/           2/ 7~   -rt- vWJ3
7Z/
  NUREG-1021                                                                                                                   Revision 9
5.
The events are valid with regard to physics and thermodynamics.
7~ -IZ..-
\\~
6.
Sequencing and timing of events is reasonable, and allows the examination team to obtain complete '76
'j~
evaluation results commensurate with the scenario objectives.
-rt>>
7.
If time compression techniques are used, the scenario summary clearly so indicates.
Operators
/'-5 Jl;
\\,,~
have sufficient time to carry out expected activities without undue time constraints.
8.
The simulator modeling is not altered.
?~ ri- ~
9.
The scenarios have been validated. Pursuant to 10 CFR 55.46(d), any open simulator performance
deficiencies or deviations from the referenced plant have been evaluated to ensure that functional
/~ 71J ~
fidelity is maintained while running the planned scenarios.
10.
Every operator will be evaluated using at least one new or significantly modified scenario. All other
:7~
~
scenarios have been altered in accordance with Section 0.5 of ES-301.
1V
11.
All individual operator competencies can be evaluated, as verified using Form ES-301-6 (submit the
-/:5
.~
form along with the simulator scenarios).
jJ../
12.
Each applicant will be significantly involved in the minimum number of transients and events
-;!~
~~
specified on Form ES-301-5 (submit the form with the simulator scenarios).
TL/
13.
The level of difficulty is appropriate to support licensing decisions for each crew position.
76 ~ '{'(lD
Target Quantitative Attributes (Per Scenario; See Section D.5.d)
Actual Attributes
-
-
-
1
2
3
4
1.
Total malfunctions (5-8)
8/
16""' 7/ '16/ -;f~ -;L; Mf:,
2.
Malfunctions after EOP entry (1-2)
2""'
1...-- 72/ ;2/ /~
-rc; ~
3.
Abnormal events (2-4)
3""-
3"
4/
3/
.~
"T/.J
l~~
4.
Major transients (1-2)
1/
1v
1 /
1/ /,:) /L
i:~ID
5.
EOPs entered/requiring substantive actions (1-2)
1,/
1/
1/
1/ ?5
'17- "rib
6.
EOP contingencies requiring substantive actions (0-2)
1v
0,/
1/
1/ 7'7
7tr- ~
7.
Critical tasks (2-3)
2/
3v 2/
2/ 7~ -rt- vWJ3
NUREG-1021
Revision 9


  ES-301                             Transient and Event Checklist                             Form ES-301-5
ES-301
  Facility:    Sequoyah 1 & 2              Date of Exam:    1/28/2008      Operating Test No.:  NRC
Transient and Event Checklist
      A        E                                            Scenarios
Form ES-301-5
(    P        V
(
      P        E            1            2                  3                4          T          M
      L        N                                          Spare                          0          I
      I      T                                                                          T          N
                          CREW        CREW              CREW              CREW
      C                POSITION      POSITION          POSITION          POSITION      A          I
      A        T                                                                          L          M
      N        Y                                                                                    U
      T        P                                                                                    M(*
              E    S      A  B  S      A    B    S      A    B    S    A    B            R    I    U
                    R      T  0  R    T    0    R      T    0    R    T    0
                    0      C  P  0      C    P    0      C    P    0    C    P
            RX      0",,-                                                    1          1      1  1    0
            NOR    1/                        I                            0          1      1  1    1
  SROU      I/C    ,\5/                        Z                            3          8      4  4      2
            MAJ    1/                        i                            0          1      2  2      1
            TS      3/                        c                            0          3      0  2      2
            RX              1/    0/                                                    1      1  1      0
            NOR            Ov    1/                                                    1      1  1      1
  SROI-1                                                                                        4  4      2
            I/C            3/  0 5/                                                    8
            MAJ            1v    1v                                                    2      2  2      1
            TS              0      3/                                                    3      0  2      2
            RX                0        1/                            0                1      1  1    0
(
(
            NOR                I        0"                            1                1      1  1    1
  SROI-2                                                                                        4  4    2
            I/C                Y        4/                            7              11
            MAJ                f        1v                            2                3      2  2    1
            TS                ~        Ov                            2                2      0  2    2
                                                      0    1      0                      1      1  1    0
                                                      1    0      1                      2      1  1    1
                                                                                                  4  4    2
  NA                                                  7    5      3                    15
                                                      1    1      1                      3      2  2    1
                                                      2    0      0                      2      0  2    2
                                                                                                  1  1    0
                                                                                                  1  1    1
                                                                                                  4  4    2
                                                                                                  2  2    1
                                                                                                  0  2    2
(
(
  NUREG 1021                                                                                         Revision 9
Facility:
Sequoyah 1 & 2
Date of Exam:
1/28/2008
Operating Test No.:
NRC
A
E
Scenarios
P
V
P
E
1
2
3
4
T
M
L
N
Spare
0
I
I
T
T
N
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
C
POSITION
POSITION
POSITION
POSITION
A
I
A
T
L
M
N
Y
U
T
P
M(*
E
S
A
B
S
A
B
S
A
B
S
A
B
R
I
U
R
T
0
R
T
0
R
T
0
R
T
0
0
C
P
0
C
P
0
C
P
0
C
P
RX
0",,-
1
1
1
1
0
NOR
1/
I
0
1
1
1
1
SROU
I/C
,\\5/
Z
3
8
4
4
2
MAJ
1/
i
0
1
2
2
1
TS
3/
c
0
3
0
2
2
RX
1/
0/
1
1
1
0
NOR
Ov
1/
1
1
1
1
SROI-1
I/C
3/
5/
8
4
4
2
0
MAJ
1v
1 v
2
2
2
1
TS
0
3/
3
0
2
2
RX
0
1/
0
1
1
1
0
NOR
I
0"
1
1
1
1
1
SROI-2
I/C
Y
4/
7
11
4
4
2
MAJ
f
1 v
2
3
2
2
1
TS
~
Ov
2
2
0
2
2
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
2
1
1
1
NA
7
5
3
15
4
4
2
1
1
1
3
2
2
1
2
0
0
2
0
2
2
1
1
0
1
1
1
4
4
2
2
2
1
0
2
2
NUREG 1021
Revision 9


  ES-301                                         Transient and Event Checklist                                 Form ES-301-5
ES-301
  Facility:        Sequoyah 1 & 2                      Date of Exam:      4/9/2007        Operating Test No.:    NRC
Transient and Event Checklist
      A          E                                                      Scenarios
Form ES-301-5
      P          V
      P          E              1                    2                    3                4          T          M
        L        N                                                      Spare                          0          I
        I        T                                                                                      T          N
                              CREW                  CREW                CREW            CREW
      C                    POSITION              POSITION            POSITION        POSITION        A          I
      A          T                                                                                      L          M
      N          Y                                                                                                  U
      T          P                                                                                                  M(*
                  E      S      A      B      S    A      B      S    A      B  S      A    B            R    I    U
                          R      T      0      R    T      0      R    T      0  R      T    0
                          0      C      P      0      C      P      0    C      P  0      C      P
                                                                                                                1  1    0
                                                                                                                1  1      1
                                                                                                                4  4    2
                                                                                                                2  2      1
                                                                                                                0  2      2
                                                                                                                1  1      0
                                                                                                                1  1      1
                                                                                                                4  4      2
                                                                                                                2  2      1
                                                                                                                0  2      2
(
(
                                                                                                                1   1     0
Facility:
                                                                                                                1   1     1
Sequoyah 1 &2
                                                                                                                4   4     2
Date of Exam:
                                                                                                                2   2     1
4/9/2007
                                                                                                                0   2     2
Operating Test No.:
    Instructions:
NRC
    1.         Circle the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event
A
              type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must service in both the "at-the-controls (ATC)" and
E
              "balance-of-plant (BOP)" positions; Instant SROs must do one scenario, including at least two instrument or
Scenarios
              component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position.
P
    2.         Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section
V
              D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. (*) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be
P
              replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-1 basis.
E
    3.         Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require
1
              verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicant's competence count toward the minimum requirements
2
              specified for the applicant's license level in the right-hand columns.
3
  This matrix assumes that Scenario 3 is used as the spare. If scenario 3 is used in combination with any
4
  other scenario, the minimum requirements are still met for each applicant.
T
  NUREG 1021                                                                                                         Revision 9
M
L
N
Spare
0
I
I
T
T
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
N
C
POSITION
POSITION
POSITION
POSITION
A
I
A
T
L
M
N
Y
U
T
P
M(*
E
S
A
B
S
A
B
S
A
B
S
A
B
R
I
U
R
T
0
R
T
0
R
T
0
R
T
0
0
C
P
0
C
P
0
C
P
0
C
P
1
1
0
1
1
1
4
4
2
2
2
1
0
2
2
1
1
0
1
1
1
4
4
2
2
2
1
0
2
2
1
1
0
1
1
1
4
4
2
2
2
1
0
2
2
Instructions:
1.
Circle the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event
type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must service in both the "at-the-controls (ATC)" and
"balance-of-plant (BOP)" positions; Instant SROs must do one scenario, including at least two instrument or
component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position.
2.
Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section
D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. (*) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be
replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-1 basis.
3.
Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require
verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicant's competence count toward the minimum requirements
specified for the applicant's license level in the right-hand columns.
This matrix assumes that Scenario 3 is used as the spare. If scenario 3 is used in combination with any
other scenario, the minimum requirements are still met for each applicant.
NUREG 1021
Revision 9


  ES-301                                         Competencies Checklist                               Form ES-301-6
ES-301
  Facility: Sequoyah 1 & 2                        Date of Exam: 1/28/2008                Operating Test No.: NRC
Competencies Checklist
                                      SRO                            RO (ATC)                    BOP/CRO
Form ES-301-6
  Competencies                  SCENARIO                          SCENARIO                    SCENARIO
(
                            1      2        3    4          1      2    3      4      1      2      3      4
  Interpret/Diag-
                                                              2,3,6, 3,4,5, 3,4,5, 2,5,6,        1,2,3,  2,5,6, 3,4,5,
  nose Events              2-9    1-7,9      2-9    2-9
                                                                9    6,7,9 6,8,9  7,8
                                                                                            4-8
                                                                                                  4,7,8    7      9
  and Conditions
  Comply With                                                1,2,3,        1,3,4,                              1,3,4,
                                                                    3,5,6,        1,2,5,  1,4,5, 1,2,3,  1,2,6,
  and Use                  ALL    ALL      ALL      ALL      6,8,9
                                                                        9
                                                                            5,6,8,
                                                                                  6,7,8    6,8    5,7    7
                                                                                                                5,6,7,
                                                                              9                                    9
  Procedures (1)
  Operate                                                    1,2,3,        1,3,4,                              1,3,4,
                                                                    3,5,6,        1,2,5,  1,4,5, 2,3,5,  1,2,6,
  Control Boards            N/A    N/A      N/A      N/A    6,8,9
                                                                        9
                                                                            5,6,8,
                                                                                  6,7,8  6,8,7    7      7
                                                                                                                5,6,7,
                                                                              9                                    9
  (2)
  Communicate                                                1,2,3,        1,3,4,                              1,3,4,
                                                                    3,4,5,        1,2,5,  1,4,5,  1,2,3, 1,2,5,
  and                      ALL    ALL      ALL      ALL      6,8,9
                                                                      6,7,9
                                                                            5,6,8,
                                                                                  6,7,8  6,8,7  4,7,8  6,7
                                                                                                                5,6,7,
                                                                              9                                    9
  Interact
  Demonstrate
  Supervisory              ALL    ALL      ALL    ALL      N/A    N/A  N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
  Ability (3)
( Comply With
  and Use Tech.            2-4    1,2,4      3,4    2,3      N/A    N/A  N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
  Specs. (3)
  Notes:
      (1)  Includes Technical Specification compliance for an RO.
      (2)  Optional for an SRO-U.
      (3)  Only applicable to SROs.
  Instructions:
  Circle the applicants' license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the
  examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for every applicant.
(
(
  NUREG-1021                                                                                               Revision 9
Facility: Sequoyah 1 & 2
Date of Exam:1/28/2008
Operating Test No.: NRC
SRO
RO (ATC)
BOP/CRO
Competencies
SCENARIO
SCENARIO
SCENARIO
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Interpret/Diag-
2,3,6,
3,4,5,
3,4,5,
2,5,6,
1,2,3,
2,5,6,
3,4,5,
nose Events
2-9
1-7,9
2-9
2-9
9
6,7,9
6,8,9
7,8
4-8
4,7,8
7
9
and Conditions
Comply With
1,2,3,
3,5,6,
1,3,4,
1,2,5,
1,4,5,
1,2,3,
1,2,6,
1,3,4,
and Use
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
6,8,9
9
5,6,8,
6,7,8
6,8
5,7
7
5,6,7,
Procedures (1)
9
9
Operate
1,2,3,
3,5,6,
1,3,4,
1,2,5,
1,4,5,
2,3,5,
1,2,6,
1,3,4,
Control Boards
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
6,8,9
9
5,6,8,
6,7,8
6,8,7
7
7
5,6,7,
(2)
9
9
Communicate
1,2,3,
1,3,4,
1,3,4,
and
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
6,8,9
3,4,5,
5,6,8,
1,2,5,
1,4,5,
1,2,3,
1,2,5,
5,6,7,
6,7,9
6,7,8
6,8,7
4,7,8
6,7
Interact
9
9
Demonstrate
Supervisory
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Ability (3)
Comply With
and Use Tech.
2-4
1,2,4
3,4
2,3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Specs. (3)
Notes:
(1)
Includes Technical Specification compliance for an RO.
(2)
Optional for an SRO-U.
(3)
Only applicable to SROs.
Instructions:
Circle the applicants' license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the
examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for every applicant.
NUREG-1021
Revision 9


ES-401                                       Written Examination Quality Checklist                                     Form ES-401*6
ES-401
~-CilitY:5(~~uoya h                    u s:                               Date of Exam: 1/;1.008             Exam Level' RO .: *iSRO~1
Written Examination Quality Checklist
                                                                                    ..
Form ES-401*6
                                                                                                                            Initial
~-CilitY:5(~~uoyah u s:
                                                      Item Description                                                 a     b*
Date of Exam: 1/;1.008
                                                                                                                                  - c'
Exam Level' RO .:*iSRO~1
  1         Questions and answers are technically accurate and applicable to the facilitv.
..
                                                                                                                    --;15 71r-J ~
Initial
  2.         o .
Item Description
              b.
a
                            NRC KJAs are referenced for all questions.
b*
                            Facility learning objectives are referenced as available.
c'
                                                                                                                    -;s   J}--/       rrIf?
--;15
              SRO guestions are appropriate in accordance with Section D.2.d of ES-401                             --J6   -rz,J v'v'R>
-
- 3.                                                                                                                ....
1
  4           The sampling process was random and systematic (If more than 4 RO or 2 SRO questions
Questions and answers are technically accurate and applicable to the facilitv.
              were repeated from the last 2 NRC licensmp exams, consult the NRR OL program office).               %      1P            ~
71r-J ~
  5.         Question duplication from the license screening/audit exam was controlled
2.
              as indicated below (check the item that applies) and appears appropriate:
o .
              _ the audit exam was systematically and randomly deveioped; or
NRC KJAs are referenced for all questions.
              _ the audit exam was completed before the license exam was started; or
-;s
              __ the examinations were developed independently; or                                                 76 JZJ ~
J}--/ rrIf?
              "Jf.- the licensee certifies that there is no duplication; or
b.
                __ other (explain)
Facility learning objectives are referenced as available.
  ----------_._-
3.
  6.           Bank use meets limits (no more than 75 percent                     Ban:-r    Mcditied      New
SRO guestions are appropriate in accordance with Section D.2.d of ES-401
                                                                            1
--J6
                from the bank, at least 10 percent new, and the rest
-rz,J
                new or modified); enter the actual RO / SRO-only
v'v'R>
                                                                                ;5/~-r;3 ~            25 ,J,7 I IS
-
                                                                                                                    /'6 "f1J fYIf;>
....
                question distribution(s) at right.
4
r----
The sampling process was random and systematic (If more than 4 RO or 2 SRO questions
  7.           Between 50 and 60 percent of the questions on the RO                MClnory            CIA
% 1P ~
                exam are wntten at the comprehension/ analysis level,
were repeated from the last 2 NRC licensmp exams, consult the NRR OL program office).
                the SR.O exam may exceed 60 percent If the randomly
5.
                                                                                  3 c;                              -15  -n> ~
Question duplication from the license screening/audit exam was controlled
                selected K/As support the hiqhe: cognitive levels, enter
as indicated below (check the item that applies) and appears appropriate:
                the actual RO I SRO question distributiorus) at light               J
_
                                                                                        /
the audit exam was systematically and randomly deveioped; or
                                                                                          7          i70
_
                                                                                                          /
the audit exam was completed before the license exam was started; or
                                                                                                              la
76 JZJ ~
    8.         References/handouts provided do not give away answers
__ the examinations were developed independently; or
                or aid in the elimination of distractors.
"Jf.- the licensee certifies that there is no duplication; or
                                                                                                                    -;:5 7lr/ IVS
__ other (explain)
    9.         Question content conforms with specific K/A statements in the previously approved
----------_._-
                examination outline and is appropriate for the tier to which they are assigned;
Ban:-r Mcditied
                deviations are justified.
6.
                                                                                                                    /6 .-fl-/ /'if:>
Bank use meets limits (no more than 75 percent
~.
New
    10.         Question psychometric quality and format meet the guidelines in ES Appendix B.                     -/~   --y1-- 1W1S
from the bank, at least 10 percent new, and the rest
    11           The exam contains the required number of one-point, multiple choice items;
;5/~-r;3 ~
                the total is correct and agrees with the value on the cover sheet.
25
                                                                                                                    -D 11P              ~~
/'6 "f1J fYIf;>
                                                          ____        Printed Name / ~nat~~                                         Date
new or modified); enter the actual RO / SRO-only
    a. Author                                           210m m O:'IV~'> / '/L /                         -     v----:=:-         //1/ot'
,J,7 I IS
                                                        -Z;Z~~...       /././/6'-     /~ ~ /'.;, /Z
r----
                                                                                                                              fft;
question distribution(s) at right.
    b. Facility Reviewer (*J
7.
                                                        ~         It BtrT$/ ff;["J           (j, I '" .J;:-:...
Between 50 and 60 percent of the questions on the RO1MClnory
    c. NRC Chief Examiner (#)
CIA
    d NRC Regional Supervisor                             J..!J4<AUJ---r:. WttiJ)NV.t>J /       ~       .
exam are wntten at the comprehension/ analysis level,
  ~                                                                                         ("----'"     "       .
-15
    Note:         * The facility reviewer's initials/signature are not applicable for NRC-developed examinations.
the SR.O exam may exceed 60 percent If the randomly
                  # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column "c"; chief examiner concurrence required.
-n> ~
                                                            ES-401, Page 30 of 34
selected K/As support the hiqhe: cognitive levels, enter
3 c;
/ 7
i70
/ la
the actual RO I SRO question distributiorus) at light
J
8.
References/handouts provided do not give away answers
-;:5 7lr/ IVS
or aid in the elimination of distractors.
9.
Question content conforms with specific K/A statements in the previously approved
examination outline and is appropriate for the tier to which they are assigned;
/6 .-fl-/
/'if:>
~.
deviations are justified.
10.
Question psychometric quality and format meet the guidelines in ES Appendix B.
-/~
--y1--
1W1S
11
The exam contains the required number of one-point, multiple choice items;
-D 11P ~~
the total is correct and agrees with the value on the cover sheet.
____
Printed Name / ~nat~~
Date
a. Author
210mm
O:'IV~'> / '/L/
-
v----:=:-
//1/ot'
b. Facility Reviewer (*J
-Z;Z~~...
/././/6'-
/~~ /'.;, /Z
fft;
c. NRC Chief Examiner (#)
~ It BtrT$/ ff;["J (j, I '" .J;:-:...
d
NRC Regional Supervisor
J..!J4<AUJ---r:. WttiJ)NV.t>J /
~
.
~
(
.
"----'"
"
Note:
* The facility reviewer's initials/signature are not applicable for NRC-developed examinations.
# Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column "c"; chief examiner concurrence required.
ES-401, Page 30 of 34


ES-401, Rev. 9                                                             Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                               Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                                                    Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#       KiA#     B   L   L                     Psychometric Flaws                           Content Flaws         U                                       Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
                    M   0   0     Stem     Cues   T/F   1 Non       >1 Non   Partial   Min       Q~     SRO     E                                     Explanation
Form ES-401-9
                    N   K   D     Focus                     Cred         Cred                       KiA     Only     S
Q#
                                                            Dist       Dist               BIW
KiA#
                                                                                  GENERAL COMMENTS
B
B= Bank 1 M=Modified 1N-New 1 F-Fundamental Level (I.E. Memory) 1 H-Higher Cognitive Level (I.E. CIA)
L
    I
L
Psychometric Flaws
Content Flaws
U
Comment
M
0
0
Stem
Cues
T/F
1 Non
>1 Non
Partial
Min
Q~
SRO
E
Explanation
N
K
D
Focus
Cred
Cred
KiA
Only
S
Dist
Dist
BIW
GENERAL COMMENTS
B= Bank 1M=Modified 1N-New 1F-Fundamental Level (I.E. Memory) 1H-Higher Cognitive Level (I.E. CIA)
I
For All BANK questions: swap the order of the answer choices so that applicants cannot rely on recall of the correct answer location.
For All BANK questions: swap the order of the answer choices so that applicants cannot rely on recall of the correct answer location.
                                                                                          ROEXAM
ROEXAM
I     007EAl.08   N   H   2                                                                                         B   Can the first two bullets be replaced with the following single bullet:
I
                                                                                                                          "Unit I was at 10% power when both MFPTs tripped."
007EAl.08
                                                                                                                      S   First bullet revised. Second bullet not changed. The teaching in the
N
                                                                                                                          second bullet does not affect the a11SWerS to this question or any other
H
                                                                                                                          questions. OK MAB 02/04/2008
2
                                                                                                                          Can the third bullet read as follows:
B
                                                                                                                          "Stearn generator levels dropped to a minimum of##% and then began to
Can the first two bullets be replaced with the following single bullet:
                                                                                                                          rise." - (use a level that is a couple of percent above the AFW start signal)
"Unit I was at 10% power when both MFPTs tripped."
                                                                                                                          Incorporated. OK MAB 02/0412008
S
                                                                                                                                                                          l
First bullet revised. Second bullet not changed. The teaching in the
                                                                    .'                                                   Is there an extra space in the correct answet between "controlled" and
second bullet does not affect the a11SWerS to this question or any other
                                                                                                                          "manually"? Fixed OK MAB 02/0412008
questions. OK MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                                                          Is there an extra space in "A" and "B" between "required" and "to"?
Can the third bullet read as follows:
                                                                                                                          Fixed OK MAB 02/04/2008
"Stearn generator levels dropped to a minimum of##% and then began to
2     008AA2.29   N   H   2                                                                                         B   Be consistent with periods in answer choices. Fixed. OK MAB
rise." - (use a level that is a couple ofpercent above the AFW start signal)
                                                                                                                          02/0412008
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/0412008
                                                                                                                      S
l
                                                                                                                          Does the cause of the lowering RCS pressure affect which answer is
.'
                                                                                                                          correct? Is it important to state that pzr pressure is inadvertently lowered
Is there an extra space in the correct answet between "controlled" and
                                                                                                                          with pzr sprays or that the safety leakage rises, etc? If the pressure drop
"manually"? Fixed OK MAB 02/0412008
                                                                                                                          results from a problem elsewhere, then the level behavior may change.
Is there an extra space in "A" and "B" between "required" and "to"?
                                                                                                                          Discuss with licensee. Licensee agreed. Comment incorporated. OK
Fixed OK MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                                                          MAB 02/04/2008
2
3     009EA2.24   N   H   2                                                                                         B   There is no point in stating the reason why the RCPs are required to be
008AA2.29
                                                                                                                          tripped. Consider the following suggestion for the answer choices:
N
                                                                                                                      S         A. ALL RCPs are required to be tripped.
H
                                                                                                                                                                                    Page I of29
2
B
Be consistent with periods in answer choices. Fixed. OK MAB
02/0412008
S
Does the cause of the lowering RCS pressure affect which answer is
correct? Is it important to state that pzr pressure is inadvertently lowered
with pzr sprays or that the safety leakage rises, etc? If the pressure drop
results from a problem elsewhere, then the level behavior may change.
Discuss with licensee.
Licensee agreed. Comment incorporated. OK
MAB 02/04/2008
3
009EA2.24
N
H
2
B
There is no point in stating the reason why the RCPs are required to be
tripped. Consider the following suggestion for the answer choices:
S
A.
ALL RCPs are required to be tripped.
Page I of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                            Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KJA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     U                                   Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q=     SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KJA     Only S
Q#
                                        Dis!       Dis!           BIW
KJA#
                                                                                                B. ONLY       RCP #1 and #3 are required to be tripped.
B
                                                                                                C.     ONLY   RCP #1 is required to be tripped.
L
                                                                                                D. ONLY       RCP #3 is required to be tripped.
L
                                                                                          Incorporated. OK     MAB 02/04/2008
Psychometric Flaws
4   01lEK3.13 B F 2                                                                     B Change answer choices to:
Content Flaws
                                                                                                A. Realigns the ECCS suction path from the RWST to the
U
                                                                                        S             contairunent sump.
Comment
                                                                                                B. No change needed
M
                                                                                                C. No change needed
0
                                                                                                D. Realigns the ECCS flow to prevent boron precipitation.
0
                                                                                          Incorporated for "D". Licensee and CE agreed on change for "A". OK
Stem
                                                                                          MAB 02/0412008
Cues
5     015/017 B H 2                                                                     S Suggest making slight modification to "C" and "D":
T/F
      AK2.08                                                                                   C. The RCP stator windings will overheat.
1 Non
                                                                                                D. The RCP motor bearings will overheat.
>1 Non
                                                                                          Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Partial
6   022AA2.03 B H 2                     X?                                             B Have licensee explain the mechanism for "A" to occur. I need to better
Min
                                                                                          understand the failure mechanism that can cause the charging to go to 120
Q=
                                                                                        S gpm and then retum to normal with pressurizer level also returning to
SRO
                                                                                          nonna!.
E
                                                                                          Licensee modified "A" based on comment. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Explanation
7   025AK2.05 M H 2                                 X?                                 Y "B" and "D" plausibility: Why would it be plausible for an applicant to
N
                                              ,
K
                                                ii                                      + believe that spray pumps would be drawing suction from the sump when
D
                                                                                          there is 68% remaining in the RWST? Also, why would an applicant
Focus
                                                                                        S believe that suction for the spray pumps would be from the sump when
Cred
                                                                                          they are in ECA-I.I. If adequate level existed in the sump and spray
Cred
                                                                                          pumps are operating why would they be in ECA-I.I ?
KJA
                                                                                          Parameters in the stem changed to address these concerns. The changes to
Only
                                                                                          the parameters also caused the correct answer to change. OK MAB
S
                                                                                          02/04/2008
Dis!
                                                                                          This question contains overlap flaws with questions on the SRO exam.
Dis!
                                                                                          This question provides information that indicates that E-Ois entered upon a
BIW
                                                                                          reactor trip. I think this comment could alleviate itself ifthe issues on the
B.
                                                                                          SRO exam are resolved. Concern addressed on SRO exam. OK MAB
ONLY RCP #1 and #3 are required to be tripped.
                                                                                          02/0412008
C.
                                                                                          Add a period after the sentence at 08:0 l. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
ONLY RCP #1 is required to be tripped.
                                                                                          Does the information in the stem preclude an applicant from assuming that
D.
                                                                                          containment pressure could have been greater than 12 psid and has now
ONLY RCP #3 is required to be tripped.
                                                                                          decreased to 9.7 psid? Ifthis is an assumption that the applicants are
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                                                                                  Page 2 of29
4
01lEK3.13
B
F
2
B
Change answer choices to:
A.
Realigns the ECCS suction path from the RWST to the
S
contairunent sump.
B.
No change needed
C.
No change needed
D.
Realigns the ECCS flow to prevent boron precipitation.
Incorporated for "D". Licensee and CE agreed on change for "A". OK
MAB 02/0412008
5
015/017
B
H
2
S
Suggest making slight modification to "C" and "D":
AK2.08
C.
The RCP stator windings will overheat.
D.
The RCP motor bearings will overheat.
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
6
022AA2.03
B
H
2
X?
B
Have licensee explain the mechanism for "A" to occur. I need to better
understand the failure mechanism that can cause the charging to go to 120
S
gpm and then retum to normal with pressurizer level also returning to
nonna!.
Licensee modified "A" based on comment. OK MAB 02/04/2008
7
025AK2.05
M
H
2
X?
Y
"B" and "D" plausibility: Why would it be plausible for an applicant to
ii
+
believe that spray pumps would be drawing suction from the sump when
,
there is 68% remaining in the RWST? Also, why would an applicant
S
believe that suction for the spray pumps would be from the sump when
they are in ECA-I.I. If adequate level existed in the sump and spray
pumps are operating why would they be in ECA-I.I ?
Parameters in the stem changed to address these concerns. The changes to
the parameters also caused the correct answer to change. OK MAB
02/04/2008
This question contains overlap flaws with questions on the SRO exam.
This question provides information that indicates that E-Ois entered upon a
reactor trip. I think this comment could alleviate itself ifthe issues on the
SRO exam are resolved. Concern addressed on SRO exam. OK MAB
02/0412008
Add a period after the sentence at 08:0 l. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Does the information in the stem preclude an applicant from assuming that
containment pressure could have been greater than 12 psid and has now
decreased to 9.7 psid? Ifthis is an assumption that the applicants are
Page 2 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                            Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KiA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q=       SRO   E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KiA       Only S
Q#
                                        Dist       Dist           B/W
KiA#
                                                                                            forced to make, would it change the correct answer. Is there a possible
B
                                                                                            argument that there are two correct answers to this question based on
L
                                                                                            forcing the applicant to make assumptions? Qnestion statement has been
L
                                                                                            enhanced to preclnde an assnmption that conld make two answers correct.
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                            There is enough info in the stem to preclnde applicants having a need to
Content Flaws
                                                                                            make any assumptions on containment pressure. OK MAB 02/04/2008
U
8   026AK3.03 B F 2                       x                                             E "B" and "C" are really the same distractor. They both state to reduce heat
Comment
                                                                                            load, or minimize heat load. "C" implies that RCPs must not be needed if
M
                                                                                          S they are not cooled to maintain CCS within design capability.
0
                                                                                            One of these two distractors should be modified/replaced. "B" has been
0
                                                                                            changed to address concem. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Stem
9   027AAI.02 B H 2                                                                     E "start" should be plural in the answer choices. Fixed. OK MAB
Cues
                                                                                            02/04/2008
T/F
                                                                                          S
1 Non
                                                                                            Delete the piece of each answer choice that states that heaters ENERGIZE
>1 Non
                                                                                            or DEENERGIZE. This is not needed to make answer choices unique. I.E.
Partial
                                                                                            A. Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm annunciates. Actual pressurizer pressure
Min
                                                                                            starts to rise.
Q=
                                                                                            Etc. for the rest of the answer choices.
SRO
                                                                                            Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
E
10   038G2.1.3 N F 2                                                                     E Technical accuracy of "A" and "B": Is there a requirement to cool the
Explanation
                                                                                            plant prior to tumover? The supporting documentation does not support
N
                                                                                          S this. The supporting documentation supports that the cooldown is not
K
                                            J.!                                             permitted to be performed by an operator who is simultaneously
D
                                          "                                                 conducting tumover. This is different than requiring that the cooldown
Focus
                                                                                            take place prior to tumover. TIle more precise way to phrase this would be
Cred
                                                                                            to state the converse of what is stated in "C" and "D". I.E. An operator is
Cred
                                                                                            not permitted to simultaneously tumover and perform the cooldown.
KiA
                                                                                            Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Only
                                                                                            First part of "C" and "D" also needs wording enhancements because
S
                                                                                            OPDP-I would not provide direction to cooldown while ccncurrently
Dist
                                                                                            performing tumover. OPDP-I provides Administrative guidance, not
Dist
                                                                                            guidance that is specific to the SGTR accident. Consider: An operator is
B/W
                                                                                            permitted to simultaneously turnover and perform the cooldown.
forced to make, would it change the correct answer. Is there a possible
                                                                                            Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
argument that there are two correct answers to this question based on
II 040AKI.03 B F 2                                                         x           :y KIA Match: The IvA requires testing knowledge of operational
forcing the applicant to make assumptions? Qnestion statement has been
                                                                                            implications of RCS shrink and depressurization as they apply to steam
enhanced to preclnde an assnmption that conld make two answers correct.
                                                                                          S line break. This question tests knowledge of brittle failure which stems
There is enough info in the stem to preclnde applicants having a need to
                                                                                            from an RCS cooldown and subsequent pressurization.
make any assumptions on containment pressure. OK MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                            New Q written. OK MAB 02/04/2008
8
                                                                                                                                                    Page 3 of29
026AK3.03
B
F
2
x
E
"B" and "C" are really the same distractor. They both state to reduce heat
load, or minimize heat load. "C" implies that RCPs must not be needed if
S
they are not cooled to maintain CCS within design capability.
One ofthese two distractors should be modified/replaced. "B" has been
changed to address concem. OK MAB 02/04/2008
9
027AAI.02
B
H
2
E
"start" should be plural in the answer choices. Fixed. OK MAB
02/04/2008
S
Delete the piece of each answer choice that states that heaters ENERGIZE
or DEENERGIZE. This is not needed to make answer choices unique. I.E.
A. Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm annunciates. Actual pressurizer pressure
starts to rise.
Etc. for the rest ofthe answer choices.
Incorporated. OK
MAB 02/04/2008
10
038G2.1.3
N
F
2
E
Technical accuracy of "A" and "B": Is there a requirement to cool the
plant prior to tumover? The supporting documentation does not support
S
this. The supporting documentation supports that the cooldown is not
J.!
permitted to be performed by an operator who is simultaneously
"
conducting tumover. This is different than requiring that the cooldown
take place prior to tumover. TIle more precise way to phrase this would be
to state the converse ofwhat is stated in "C" and "D". I.E. An operator is
not permitted to simultaneously tumover and perform the cooldown.
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
First part of "C" and "D" also needs wording enhancements because
OPDP-I would not provide direction to cooldown while ccncurrently
performing tumover. OPDP-I provides Administrative guidance, not
guidance that is specific to the SGTR accident. Consider: An operator is
permitted to simultaneously turnover and perform the cooldown.
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
II
040AKI.03
B
F
2
x
:y
KIA Match: The IvA requires testing knowledge of operational
implications of RCS shrink and depressurization as they apply to steam
S
line break. This question tests knowledge ofbrittle failure which stems
from an RCS cooldown and subsequent pressurization.
New Q written. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Page 3 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                           Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                                Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L             Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws   U                                       Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
                M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q-     SRO E                                     Explanation
Form ES-401-9
                N K D Focns             Cred       Cred                   KIA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist       Dist           B/W
KlA#
                                                                                              This question has other issues with distractors, but because of the above
B
                                                                                              comment, there is no need to address these comments at this time.
L
                                                                                              New Q written. OK MAB 02/04/2008
L
12   055G2.4.29 N F I-                                                       x           .y Is the 19:30 bullet worded correctly?
Psychometric Flaws
                    2                                                                         Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Content Flaws
                                                                                          S
U
                                                                                              Punctuation in answer does not appear to be correct,
Comment
                                                                                              Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
M
                                                                                              KIA not Matched: The KIA requires a SBO. Does this question test
0
                                                                                              knowledge of a SBO, or just knowledge of a security threat? The way I
0
                                                                                              read this question is that you could delete all the information in the stem
Stem
                                                                                              and simply state that there is a credible insider security t1ueat and it is
Cues
                                                                                              necessary to dispatch an operator to the EDG room. In other words, the
T/F
                                                                                              LOOP appears to be irrelevant.
1 Non
                                                                                              Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
>1 Non
13   056AKI.03 B H I-                                 x                                 .g Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Partial
                    2
Min
                                                                                          S Replace "D" with the logical error that would result from subtracting 15 psi
Q-
                                                                                              from 2085.
SRO
                                                                                              Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
E
                                                                                              Consider combining the subtraction of 15 psi and tile use ofThot to replace
Explanation
                                                                                              "e".
N
                                                                                              Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
K
                                                                                              Technically this question could be rated as U, but the fix is simple enough
D
                                                                                              that it is being rated as E. The above comment incorporation will help to
Focns
                                                                                              make the LOD more acceptable. As written, two distracters are not
Cred
                                                                                              plausible. It is not reasonable for a licensed operator to use Tcold or Tave
Cred
                                                                                              in a subcooling calculation.
KIA
                                                                                              Noted. Issues addressed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Only
14   058AK1.01 B H 2                                                                     .g After 4 hours would the batteries be discharged? Or is there a requirement
S
                                                                                              that only states that the batteries will not be discharged prior to 4 hours?
Dist
                                                                                          S We need to ensure that the aIISWer choices accurately represent the status
Dist
                                                                                              of the batteries. Concems addressed by changing the wording. OK MAB
B/W
                                                                                              02/04/2008
This question has other issues with distractors, but because ofthe above
15   062AA1.01 M F 2                                                                     S Q is SAT.
comment, there is no need to address these comments at this time.
16     W/E04   B F I-                     x         X?                                 .g Be consistent with periods in the aIISWer choices. Fixed OK MAB
New Q written. OK MAB 02/04/2008
      G2.4.28     2                                                                     'I 02/04/2008
12
                                                                                                                                                        Page 4 of29
055G2.4.29
N
F
I-
x
.y
Is the 19:30 bullet worded correctly?
2
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
S
Punctuation in answer does not appear to be correct,
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
KIA not Matched: The KIA requires a SBO. Does this question test
knowledge ofa SBO, or just knowledge of a security threat? The way I
read this question is that you could delete all the information in the stem
and simply state that there is a credible insider security t1ueat and it is
necessary to dispatch an operator to the EDG room.
In other words, the
LOOP appears to be irrelevant.
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
13
056AKI.03
B
H
I-
x
.g
Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
2
S
Replace "D" with the logical error that would result from subtracting 15 psi
from 2085.
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Consider combining the subtraction of 15 psi and tile use ofThot to replace
"e".
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Technically this question could be rated as U, but the fix is simple enough
that it is being rated as E. The above comment incorporation will help to
make the LOD more acceptable. As written, two distracters are not
plausible. It is not reasonable for a licensed operator to use Tcold or Tave
in a subcooling calculation.
Noted. Issues addressed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
14
058AK1.01
B
H
2
.g
After 4 hours would the batteries be discharged? Or is there a requirement
that only states that the batteries will not be discharged prior to 4 hours?
S
We need to ensure that the aIISWer choices accurately represent the status
ofthe batteries. Concems addressed by changing the wording. OK MAB
02/04/2008
15
062AA1.01
M
F
2
S
Q is SAT.
16
W/E04
B
F
I-
x
X?
.g
Be consistent with periods in the aIISWer choices. Fixed OK MAB
G2.4.28
2
'I
02/04/2008
Page 4 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Nou   Partial Miu     Q-     SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Crcd       Crcd                   KIA     Only S
Q#
                                        Dist       Dist           B/W
KlA#
                                                                                          S Distractor "A" is not plausible. ECCS flow is an indirect parameter, which
B
                                                                                            will follow RCS pressure, which is answer choice "DO'. It does not have
L
                                                                                            the procedure guidance to monitor the indirect parameter (ECCS flow)
L
                                                                                            when the direct parameter is available (RCS P).
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                            Concern addressed. OK MAE 02/04/2008
Content Flaws
                                                                                            I also have some issues with "B" because subcooling is calculated from
U
                                                                                            RCS pressure. It makes no sense to monitor the calculated parameter when
Comment
                                                                                            the direct parameter is available. Concern addressed. OK MAB
M
                                                                                            02/04/2008
0
                                                                                            The only thing that makes "A" and "B" incorrect is that the procedure does
0
                                                                                            not state these parameters, but they would work as a method for
Stem
                                                                                            determining if the leak was isolated. Noted. MAB 02/04/2008
Cues
                                                                                            The KIA does not restrict this question to be written to test leak isolation.
T/F
                                                                                            Noted. MAB 02/0412008
1 Non
17   W/E05   B F 2                     X?                                               E How is "A" different from "D"? Are these unique answer choices? It
>1 Nou
      EK3.1                                                                                 should be possible to modify the wording of these two distractors to ensure
Partial
                                                                                          S that they are unique, I.E., "A" could be pertaining to high temperatures
Miu
                                                                                            and "DO' could speak to cold water on dry tubes as is suggested in the
Q-
                                                                                            distractor analysis. Wording in "DO' enhanced to ensure uniqueness of
SRO
                                                                                            answer choice. OK MAB 02/04/2008
E
18   W/Ell   M H 1                                 x                                   Y Question does not discriminate at the licensed operator level. This is a
Explanation
      EK2.2                             h                                                 question that, when provided the reference, almost anyone could arrive at
N
                                                                                                                              i
K
        REF                                                                              S the correct answer.
D
                                                                                            Following suggestion incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Focus
                                                                                            Suggestion to improve question:
Crcd
                                                                                            Use most of the same items in the stem. Some can be deleted if they
Crcd
                                                                                            become unnecessary,
KIA
                                                                                            Q: Which one ofthe following correctly describes the flow rate that meets
Only
                                                                                            the intent of ECA-l.1, Step 20 RNO?
S
                                                                                                  A. Establish 325 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps may be started
Dist
                                                                                                        and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.
Dist
                                                                                                  B. Establish 325 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps are not permitted
B/W
                                                                                                        to be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired
S
                                                                                                        flow rate.
Distractor "A" is not plausible. ECCS flow is an indirect parameter, which
                                                                                                  C. Establish 400 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps may be started
will follow RCS pressure, which is answer choice "DO'. It does not have
                                                                                                        and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.
the procedure guidance to monitor the indirect parameter (ECCS flow)
                                                                                                  D. Establish 400 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps are not permitted
when the direct parameter is available (RCS P).
                                                                                                        to be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired
Concern addressed. OK MAE 02/04/2008
                                                                                                        flow rate.
I also have some issues with "B" because subcooling is calculated from
                                                                                            This suggestion raises the plausibility ofthe distractors and still tests
RCS pressure. It makes no sense to monitor the calculated parameter when
                                                                                                                                                    Page 5 of29
the direct parameter is available. Concern addressed. OK MAB
02/04/2008
The only thing that makes "A" and "B" incorrect is that the procedure does
not state these parameters, but they would work as a method for
determining ifthe leak was isolated. Noted.
MAB 02/04/2008
The KIA does not restrict this question to be written to test leak isolation.
Noted.
MAB 02/0412008
17
W/E05
B
F
2
X?
E
How is "A" different from "D"? Are these unique answer choices? It
EK3.1
should be possible to modify the wording ofthese two distractors to ensure
S
that they are unique, I.E., "A" could be pertaining to high temperatures
and "DO' could speak to cold water on dry tubes as is suggested in the
distractor analysis. Wording in "DO' enhanced to ensure uniqueness of
answer choice. OK MAB 02/04/2008
18
W/Ell
M
H
1
x
Y
Question does not discriminate at the licensed operator level. This is a
EK2.2
h
question that, when provided the reference, almost anyone could arrive at
REF
S
the correct answer.
i
Following suggestion incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Suggestion to improve question:
Use most of the same items in the stem. Some can be deleted if they
become unnecessary,
Q: Which one ofthe following correctly describes the flow rate that meets
the intent of ECA-l.1, Step 20 RNO?
A.
Establish 325 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps may be started
and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.
B.
Establish 325 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps are not permitted
to be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired
flow rate.
C.
Establish 400 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps may be started
and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.
D.
Establish 400 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps are not permitted
to be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired
flow rate.
This suggestion raises the plausibility ofthe distractors and still tests
Page 5 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L             Psychometric Flaws                    Content Flaws   U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
                M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q=     SRO E                                     Explanation
Form ES-401-9
                N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KIA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist       Dist           B/W
KlA#
                                                                                            whether the applicants understand the intent of the procedure step.
B
                                                                                            Suggestion incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
L
19   001AK2.05 M H 1-                                                                   B   Be consistent with periods behind bulleted phrases. Fixed. OK MAB
L
                    2                                                                       02/04/2008
PsychometricFlaws
                                                                                          S
Content Flaws
                                                                                            Would the question be enhanced if one of the Thot or Tcold instruments
U
                                                                                            were to fail instead of the Tavg auctioneering unit? Discuss with licensee.
Comment
                                                                                            Decided not to make a change on temp inst. OK MAB 02/04/2008
M
20   033G2.4.2l M F 2                                                                     S Q is SAT
0
21   036AKl.Ol N F 2                                                                     S Maintain past tense in third bullet. Somewhat incorporated, but it does not
0
                                                                                            affect technical accuracy of question. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Stem
                                                                                            Question is written in the "NOT' format, which is discouraged by
Cues
                                                                                            NUREG-l02l. This question can remain in its current form as long as the
T/F
                                                                                            licensee agrees that the question being in this format will not affect
1 Non
                                                                                            applicant performance. In other words, their applicants have seen
>1 Non
                                                                                            questions in this format and would not get the incorrect answer for any
Partial
                                                                                            other reason than a knowledge weakness.
Min
                                                                                            Noted. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Q=
22   060AAl.02 M F 2                                 X?                     x         lei KIA Match: Have the licensee provide an explanation of how the KIA is
SRO
                                                                                            matched. The KIA requires testing knowledge of how to operate or
E
                                                                                          S monitor ventilation systems during an accidental gaseous radwaste release.
Explanation
                                    :1'                                                     How is a ventilation system being monitored? Rad Mntr is part of the
N
                                                                                            ventilation system. KIA match is OK. MAB 02/04/2008
K
                                                                                            When would the Waste Gas Rad Monitor not detect a leak from a Waste
D
                                                                                            Gas Decay Tank? Changed stem to a flange leak which would not cause
Focus
                                                                                            the Waste Gas Rad Mntr to alarm. OK MAB 02/0412008
Cred
23   069G2.4.45 N H 2                                                                   B   Technical accuracy of the question is a concern because they do not have
Cred
                                                                                            to restore integrity within 1 hour. Ifthey do not restore integrity within 1
KIA
                                                                                          S hour, then they are required to shutdown. TIle answer choices need to be
Only
                                                                                            more precise in order to be technically correct.
S
                                                                                            Wording enhancements made to specifically ask for what the Action
Dist
                                                                                            Statement states. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Dist
24   074EK3.07 B F 1                                 x                                 lei LOD= 1: Distractors are not plausible. Due to the non-credible distractors,
B/W
                                                                                            this question does not discriminate at the appropriate level to make a
whether the applicants understand the intent of the procedure step.
                                                                                          S licensing decision. Changed distractors. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Suggestion incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                            Reflux boiling is a cooling method used when RCPs are off.
19
                                                                                            How would it be reasonable for an operator to think that starting an RCP
001AK2.05
                                                                                                                                                    Page 6 of29
M
H
1-
B
Be consistent with periods behind bulleted phrases. Fixed. OK MAB
2
02/04/2008
S
Would the question be enhanced if one ofthe Thot or Tcold instruments
were to fail instead ofthe Tavg auctioneering unit? Discuss with licensee.
Decided not to make a change on temp inst. OK MAB 02/04/2008
20
033G2.4.2l
M
F
2
S
Q is SAT
21
036AKl.Ol
N
F
2
S
Maintain past tense in third bullet. Somewhat incorporated, but it does not
affect technical accuracy of question. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Question is written in the "NOT' format, which is discouraged by
NUREG-l02l. This question can remain in its current form as long as the
licensee agrees that the question being in this format will not affect
applicant performance. In other words, their applicants have seen
questions in this format and would not get the incorrect answer for any
other reason than a knowledge weakness.
Noted. OK MAB 02/04/2008
22
060AAl.02
M
F
2
X?
x
lei
KIA Match: Have the licensee provide an explanation ofhow the KIA is
matched. The KIA requires testing knowledge ofhow to operate or
S
monitor ventilation systems during an accidental gaseous radwaste release.
:1'
How is a ventilation system being monitored? Rad Mntr is part ofthe
ventilation system. KIA match is OK. MAB 02/04/2008
When would the Waste Gas Rad Monitor not detect a leak from a Waste
Gas Decay Tank? Changed stem to a flange leak which would not cause
the Waste Gas Rad Mntr to alarm. OK MAB 02/0412008
23
069G2.4.45
N
H
2
B
Technical accuracy ofthe question is a concern because they do not have
to restore integrity within 1 hour. Ifthey do not restore integrity within 1
S
hour, then they are required to shutdown. TIle answer choices need to be
more precise in order to be technically correct.
Wording enhancements made to specifically ask for what the Action
Statement states. OK MAB 02/04/2008
24
074EK3.07
B
F
1
x
lei
LOD= 1: Distractors are not plausible. Due to the non-credible distractors,
this question does not discriminate at the appropriate level to make a
S
licensing decision. Changed distractors. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Reflux boiling is a cooling method used when RCPs are off.
How would it be reasonable for an operator to think that starting an RCP
Page 6 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                            Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KJA#   B L L           PsychometricFlaws                     Content Flaws   U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cnes T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q-     SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred     Cred                   KJA     Only S
Q#
                                        Dist     Dist           B/W
KJA#
                                                                                          would keep pressure from rising?
B
                                                                                          Changed distractor. OK MAB 02/04/2008
L
2S   076AK2.01 B H I                               x                                 tf A pinhole leak of a fuel assembly would be evident in RCS samples that
L
                                                                                          are analyzed for various isotopes; however, small leaks will not necessarily
PsychometricFlaws
                                                                                      S result in rising radiation monitor trends. There are concerns with "B"
Content Flaws
                                                                                          being an altemate correct answer because the size of the leak is not
U
                                                                                          defined. Also, the RCS leakage locations are not defmed, so there are also
Comment
                                                                                          concems about whether a small RCS leak would result in a rising rad
M
                                                                                          monitor reading.
0
                                                                                          "Significant increase in RCS activity" added to stem. OK MAB
0
                                                                                          02/04/2008
Stem
                                                                                          LOD= I: Distractors are not plausible. Due to the non-credible distractors,
Cnes
                                                                                          this question does not discriminate at the appropriate level to make a
T/F
                                                                                          licensing decision.
1 Non
                                                                                          Question is on the cusp of being unacceptable due to low LOD. Noted.
>1 Non
                                                                                          MAB 02/04/2008
Partial
                                                                                          Consider writing a question that has a plant nip and a SGTL. This will
Min
                                                                                          allow testing MSL monitors as well as Condenser Off Gas Monitors. This
Q-
                                                                                          idea may help to raise the question to a level where it could be used to
SRO
                                                                                          discriminate between a competent and less than competent licensed
E
                                                                                          operator.
Explanation
                                                                                          Not incorporated. Allowed by CEo The rest ofthe exam is at an
N
                                                                                          acceptable level to not warrant a change to this question. OK MAB
K
                                                                                          02/04/2008
D
26     W/E09   B H 2                                                                   B The "repressurization" piece of "A" and "B" should be deleted. It does not
Focus
      EA2.1                                                                             add information that is needed to make these answer choices unique.
Cred
                                                                                      S Discuss with licensee. Deleted. OK MAE 02/04/2008
Cred
                                                                                          Consider rewording the question as follows:
KJA
                                                                                          Which one of the following correctly states the procedure that maximizes
Only
                                                                                          the allowable cooldown rate for the provided circumstances and the
S
                                                                                          maximum cooldown rate allowed by that procedure?
Dist
                                                                                                A. Use ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown. The cooldown
Dist
                                                                                                      limit is SOF/hr.
B/W
                                                                                                B. Use ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown. The cooldown
would keep pressure from rising?
                                                                                                      limit is 100F/hr.
Changed distractor. OK MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                                C. / Use ES-O.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Voids in
2S
                                                                                                      Vessel (with RVLSI). The cooldown limit is SOF/hr.
076AK2.01
                                                                                                D. Use ES-O.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Voids in
B
                                                                                                      Vessel (with RVLSI). The cooldown limit is SOF/hr
H
                                                                                          Incorporated. OK MAE 02/04/2008
I
                                                                                                                                                  Page 7 of29
x
tf
A pinhole leak of a fuel assembly would be evident in RCS samples that
are analyzed for various isotopes; however, small leaks will not necessarily
S
result in rising radiation monitor trends. There are concerns with "B"
being an altemate correct answer because the size of the leak is not
defined. Also, the RCS leakage locations are not defmed, so there are also
concems about whether a small RCS leak would result in a rising rad
monitor reading.
"Significant increase in RCS activity" added to stem. OK MAB
02/04/2008
LOD= I: Distractors are not plausible. Due to the non-credible distractors,
this question does not discriminate at the appropriate level to make a
licensing decision.
Question is on the cusp ofbeing unacceptable due to low LOD. Noted.
MAB 02/04/2008
Consider writing a question that has a plant nip and a SGTL. This will
allow testing MSL monitors as well as Condenser Off Gas Monitors. This
idea may help to raise the question to a level where it could be used to
discriminate between a competent and less than competent licensed
operator.
Not incorporated. Allowed by CEo The rest ofthe exam is at an
acceptable level to not warrant a change to this question. OK MAB
02/04/2008
26
W/E09
B
H
2
B
The "repressurization" piece of "A" and "B" should be deleted. It does not
EA2.1
add information that is needed to make these answer choices unique.
S
Discuss with licensee. Deleted. OK MAE 02/04/2008
Consider rewording the question as follows:
Which one ofthe following correctly states the procedure that maximizes
the allowable cooldown rate for the provided circumstances and the
maximum cooldown rate allowed by that procedure?
A.
Use ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown. The cooldown
limit is SOF/hr.
B.
Use ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown. The cooldown
limit is 100F/hr.
C. / Use ES-O.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Voids in
Vessel (with RVLSI). The cooldown limit is SOF/hr.
D.
Use ES-O.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Voids in
Vessel (with RVLSI). The cooldown limit is SOF/hr
Incorporated. OK MAE 02/04/2008
Page 7 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                           Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                                Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L             Psvchometric Flaws                     Content Flaws   U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
                M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q~     SRO   E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
                N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KIA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist       Dist           B/W
KlA#
27     W/EI4   B F 2                                                                     S Q is SAT.
B
        EA2.2
L
28   003K3.04 B H 2                                                                     S Q is SAT.
L
29   003G2.3.10 N F 2                                                                     S Q is SAT.
Psvchometric Flaws
30   004K5.26 N H 2                                                                     S Q is SAT.
Content Flaws
31   004A3.08 B H I-                                 X                                 B "D": it is not credible for an applicant to make this error. There is no
U
                    2                                                                       division needed in this calculation.
Comment
                                                                                          S Consider making "D" 60%. Discuss with licensee
M
                                                                                            Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
0
32   005A4.03 B H I-                                 x                                 :y "RCS cooldown rate is too high" - what does this mean? It may not
0
                    2                                                                       matter, but it would be better to provide the applicant with information that
Stem
                                                                                          S they would normally have available to them, such as an actual temperature
Cues
                                                                                            at two different times. It may also be necessary to state that SRO gave
T/F
                                                                                            them direction to cooldown at a certain value. The question piece would
1 Non
                                                                                            need to change slightly to ask for the actions needed to comply with the
>1 Non
                                                                                            SRO's directions. (These changes will make "C" plausible)
Partial
                                                                                            Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Min
                                                                                            Question should be tied to the procedure. I.E. Which one of the following
Q~
                                                                                            ..... CONSTANT RHR flow, in accordance with 0-SO-74-1, "procedure
SRO
                                                                                            title"?
E
                                                                                            Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Explanation
                                                                                            "A" and "B" do not contain credible misconceptions to discriminate
N
                                                                                            between competent and less than competent licensed operators.
K
                                                                                            Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
D
33   006KI.02 M F 2                                                                     B Is there an extra space between "SSPS" and "if' in the stem?
Focus
                                                                                            Fixed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Cred
                                                                                          S
Cred
                                                                                            Have licensee walk me through the technical aspects of the question. I
KIA
                                                                                            may be OK with the question with a couple of minutes of discussion.
Only
                                                                                            Q is SAT. MAB 02/04/2008
S
34   007K3.01 B H 2                       x                                             B Is there an extra space in "D" between " . .4," mId "failed"?
Dist
                                                                                            Fixed. MAB 02/0412008
Dist
                                                                                          S
B/W
                                                                                            "C" not plausible because there is no relationship with the PRT.
27
                                                                                            The following change would correct the distractor plausibility issue:
W/EI4
                                                                                                    A. #2 seal on RCP #4 failed; Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568,
B
                                                                                                        failed open; Reactor Head Vent Valve, I-FCV-68-394, Failed
F
                                                                                                                                                      Page 8 of29
2
S
Q is SAT.
EA2.2
28
003K3.04
B
H
2
S
Q is SAT.
29
003G2.3.10
N
F
2
S
Q is SAT.
30
004K5.26
N
H
2
S
Q is SAT.
31
004A3.08
B
H
I-
X
B
"D": it is not credible for an applicant to make this error. There is no
2
division needed in this calculation.
S
Consider making "D" 60%. Discuss with licensee
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
32
005A4.03
B
H
I-
x
:y
"RCS cooldown rate is too high" - what does this mean? It may not
2
matter, but it would be better to provide the applicant with information that
S
they would normally have available to them, such as an actual temperature
at two different times. It may also be necessary to state that SRO gave
them direction to cooldown at a certain value. The question piece would
need to change slightly to ask for the actions needed to comply with the
SRO's directions. (These changes will make "C" plausible)
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Question should be tied to the procedure. I.E. Which one of the following
..... CONSTANT RHR flow, in accordance with 0-SO-74-1, "procedure
title"?
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
"A" and "B" do not contain credible misconceptions to discriminate
between competent and less than competent licensed operators.
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
33
006KI.02
M
F
2
B
Is there an extra space between "SSPS" and "if' in the stem?
Fixed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
S
Have licensee walk me through the technical aspects of the question. I
may be OK with the question with a couple of minutes of discussion.
Q is SAT. MAB 02/04/2008
34
007K3.01
B
H
2
x
B
Is there an extra space in "D" between "..4," mId "failed"?
Fixed. MAB 02/0412008
S
"C" not plausible because there is no relationship with the PRT.
The following change would correct the distractor plausibility issue:
A.
#2 seal on RCP #4 failed; Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568,
failed open; Reactor Head Vent Valve, I-FCV-68-394, Failed
Page 8 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                             Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                                  Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L                 Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     U                                   Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues       T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q-     SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus                   Cred       Cred                   KIA     Only S
Q#
                                              Dist       Dist           BIW
KlA#
                                                                                                            Open
B
                                                                                                      B.   #2 seal on RCP #4 failed; Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568,
L
                                                                                                            failed open; Reactor Head Vent Valve (I-FCV-68-394, Failing
L
                                                                                                            Open, could not cause the stated conditions)
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                                      C. Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568, failed open; Reactor Head
Content Flaws
                                                                                                            Vent Valve, I-FCV-68-394, Failed Open (#2 seal on RCP #4
U
                                                                                                            failing could not cause these conditions)
Comment
                                                                                                      D. Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568, failed open (Pressurizer
M
                                                                                                            Safety Valve, 1-68-568, failing open could not cause the stated
0
                                                                                                            plant conditions AND Reactor Head Vent Valve, I-FCV-68-
0
                                                                                                            394, Failing Open could not cause the stated plant conditions.)
Stem
                                                                                                Discuss the above change with thelicensee, If we can get this change to
Cues
                                                                                                work, then the question may be SAT.
T/F
                                                                                                Worked with licensee to develop plausible distractors. OK MAB
1 Non
                                                                                                02/04/2008
>1 Non
35   007G2.1.1 N F 2                           x                                             B Is fourth bullet worded correctly? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Partial
                                                                                              S "A" and "B" are not mutually exclusive, which harms their plausibility. In
Min
                                                                                                other words, If"B" were true, it will still makes sense to do "A". The
Q-
                                                                                                problem is that if the applicant determines that the alarm is valid, adjusting
SRO
                                                                                                level will always be correct.
E
                                                                                                "A" and "B" corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
Explanation
                                                                                                Is there an extra space in "C" and "D" between "level" and "alarm"?
N
                                                                                                They neglected to correct this; however, the extra space appears in the
K
                                ~! '                                                           correct answer as well as a distractor, so it will not adversely affect
D
                              r'                                                               plausibility. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Focus
                                                                                                The question should be specific to the answer choices provided:
Cred
                                                                                                Which one of the following correctly states the validity ofthe PRT level
Cred
                                                                                                alarm and the required actions as a result of the alarm?
KIA
                                                                                                Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Only
                                                                                                I would prefer to have "A" and "B" read as follows:
S
                                                                                                A. The PRT level alarm is valid. (need a better second half of distractor)
Dist
                                                                                                B. The PRT level alarm is valid. 0-SI-OPS-068-137.0, RCS Water
Dist
                                                                                                Inventory, is required to be performed.
BIW
                                                                                                A version ofthis comment was incorporated. AOP-R.05 was used. OK
Open
                                                                                                MAB 02/04/2008
B.
                                                                                                I would prefer the second half of "C" and "D" to read such that it
#2 seal on RCP #4 failed; Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568,
                                                                                                specifically states the information being tested. I.E.:
failed open; Reactor Head Vent Valve (I-FCV-68-394, Failing
                                                                                                C. The PRT level alarm is false. According to OPDP-4, the maximum time
Open, could not cause the stated conditions)
                                                                                                that Maintenance has to correct the condition causing the invalid alarm is 7
C.
                                                                                                days, at which time the alarm is required to be cleared/disabled.
Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568, failed open; Reactor Head
                                                                                                                                                          Page 9 of29
Vent Valve, I-FCV-68-394, Failed Open (#2 seal on RCP #4
failing could not cause these conditions)
D.
Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568, failed open (Pressurizer
Safety Valve, 1-68-568, failing open could not cause the stated
plant conditions AND Reactor Head Vent Valve, I-FCV-68-
394, Failing Open could not cause the stated plant conditions.)
Discuss the above change with thelicensee, If we can get this change to
work, then the question may be SAT.
Worked with licensee to develop plausible distractors. OK MAB
02/04/2008
35
007G2.1.1
N
F
2
x
B
Is fourth bullet worded correctly? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
S
"A" and "B" are not mutually exclusive, which harms their plausibility. In
other words, If"B" were true, it will still makes sense to do "A". The
problem is that ifthe applicant determines that the alarm is valid, adjusting
level will always be correct.
"A" and "B" corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
Is there an extra space in "C" and "D" between "level" and "alarm"?
They neglected to correct this; however, the extra space appears in the
~! '
correct answer as well as a distractor, so it will not adversely affect
r'
plausibility. OK MAB 02/04/2008
The question should be specific to the answer choices provided:
Which one ofthe following correctly states the validity ofthe PRT level
alarm and the required actions as a result ofthe alarm?
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
I would prefer to have "A" and "B" read as follows:
A. The PRT level alarm is valid. (need a better second halfofdistractor)
B. The PRT level alarm is valid. 0-SI-OPS-068-137.0, RCS Water
Inventory, is required to be performed.
A version ofthis comment was incorporated. AOP-R.05 was used. OK
MAB 02/04/2008
I would prefer the second halfof"C" and "D" to read such that it
specifically states the information being tested. I.E.:
C. The PRT level alarm is false. According to OPDP-4, the maximum time
that Maintenance has to correct the condition causing the invalid alarm is 7
days, at which time the alarm is required to be cleared/disabled.
Page 9 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                           Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                                Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L               Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     U                                   Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues     T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q-     SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus                 Cred       Cred                   KIA     Only S
Q#
                                            Dist       Dist           B/W
KlA#
                                                                                              D. The PRT level alarm is false. According to OPDP-4, the maximum
B
                                                                                              time that Maintenance has to correct the condition causing the invalid
L
                                                                                              alarm is 72 hours, at which time the alarm is required to be
L
                                                                                              cleared/disabled.
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                              Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Content Flaws
36   008K4.07 N F 2                         x                                             E Is there an extra space between "CCS" and "Pump" in the stem?
U
                                                                                              (I am beginning to think that it just may be the way it prints out and that
Comment
                                                                                              there may not be an extra space - but it is free to ask.)
M
                                                                                            S Fixed. MAB 0210412008
0
                                                                                              Would it be possible to test the RED light on the throwover switch for the
0
                                                                                              first part of every answer choice. I think this would be a better test of the
Stem
                                                                                              actual plant indications. I.E. Either the red light is ON or OFF. Discuss
Cues
                                                                                              with licensee. I think this could help the plausibility of "B".
T/F
                                                                                              Did not incorporate after discussions with licensee. MAB 02/04/2008
1 Non
37   010K6.03 M H 2                                                                       S Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
>1 Non
                                                                                              Simplify the answer choices as follows:
Partial
                                                                                                    A. Master controller output would increase. PZR pressure would
Min
                                                                                                          be maintained above the reactor trip setpoint.
Q-
                                                                                                    B. Master controller output would increase. PZR pressure would
SRO
                                                                                                          decrease to the reactor trip setpoint.
E
                                                                                                    C. Master controller output would decrease. PZR pressure would
Explanation
                                                                                                          be maintained above the reactor trip setpoint.
N
                                *c                                                                   D. Master controller output would decrease. PZR pressure would
K
                                "                                                                         be maintained above the reactor trip setpoint
D
                                                                                              Incorporated. MAB 02/0412008
Focus
38   012K4.04 N H 2                                   X?                                 f "A" and "D" are not plausible because the last bullet in the stem leads the
Cred
                                                                                              applicant to only consider answer choices where RTA "A" is different than
Cred
                                                                                            S RTA "B" UV and Shunt coils. Simply using psychometrics, and applicant
KIA
                                                                                              can eliminate these two answer choices. Discuss with licensee.
Only
                                                                                              Answer choices simplified. Issue resolved. OK MAB 02/04/2008
S
39   013K2.01 B H 2                                                                       S Potential overlap issues with 006Kl.02 should be discussed. If it is
Dist
                                                                                              determined that there is no overlap, then question may be SAT.
Dist
                                                                                              Overlap issue resolved. OK MAB 02/04/2008
B/W
40   022A2,04 N H 2                                   X?                                 f Is the wording correct in the second paragraph, "Compare the effects on of
D. The PRT level alarm is false. According to OPDP-4, the maximum
                                                                                              the .."? Fixed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
time that Maintenance has to correct the condition causing the invalid
                                                                                            S
alarm is 72 hours, at which time the alarm is required to be
                                                                                              Have the licensee explain the plausibility of additional cooling units being
cleared/disabled.
                                                                                              placed in service. Are there additional cooling units that would be
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                              available at any time in order to reduce temp? If there are additional
36
                                                                                                                                                        Page 10 of29
008K4.07
N
F
2
x
E
Is there an extra space between "CCS" and "Pump" in the stem?
(I am beginning to think that it just may be the way it prints out and that
there may not be an extra space - but it is free to ask.)
S
Fixed. MAB 0210412008
Would it be possible to test the RED light on the throwover switch for the
first part of every answer choice. I think this would be a better test ofthe
actual plant indications. I.E. Either the red light is ON or OFF. Discuss
with licensee.
I think this could help the plausibility of "B".
Did not incorporate after discussions with licensee. MAB 02/04/2008
37
010K6.03
M
H
2
S
Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Simplify the answer choices as follows:
A.
Master controller output would increase. PZR pressure would
be maintained above the reactor trip setpoint.
B.
Master controller output would increase. PZR pressure would
decrease to the reactor trip setpoint.
C.
Master controller output would decrease. PZR pressure would
be maintained above the reactor trip setpoint.
*c
D.
Master controller output would decrease. PZR pressure would
"
be maintained above the reactor trip setpoint
Incorporated. MAB 02/0412008
38
012K4.04
N
H
2
X?
f
"A" and "D" are not plausible because the last bullet in the stem leads the
applicant to only consider answer choices where RTA "A" is different than
S
RTA "B" UV and Shunt coils. Simply using psychometrics, and applicant
can eliminate these two answer choices. Discuss with licensee.
Answer choices simplified. Issue resolved. OK MAB 02/04/2008
39
013K2.01
B
H
2
S
Potential overlap issues with 006Kl.02 should be discussed. Ifit is
determined that there is no overlap, then question may be SAT.
Overlap issue resolved. OK MAB 02/04/2008
40
022A2,04
N
H
2
X?
f
Is the wording correct in the second paragraph, "Compare the effects on of
the .."? Fixed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
S
Have the licensee explain the plausibility of additional cooling units being
placed in service. Are there additional cooling units that would be
available at any time in order to reduce temp? If there are additional
Page 10 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                           Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                                Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KiA#   B L L             Psychometric Flaws                    Content Flaws   U                                       Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
                M 0 0 Stem Cues   T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q~     SRO   E                                     Explanation
Form ES-401-9
                N K D Focus               Cred       Cred                   KiA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist       Dist           BIW
KiA#
                                                                                              cooling units that could be used, under what conditions would they
B
                                                                                              typically be used?
L
                                                                                              Additional cooling units are available one of the units. Unit differences
L
                                                                                              make the distractors plausible. OK MAB 02/04/2008
PsychometricFlaws
41   025K5.02 M F 2                                                                     B   Is the incorrectness of this answer choice based entirely on the word
Content Flaws
                                                                                              "each"? This needs to be discussed to ensure only one correct answer.
U
                                                                                          S Distractors reworked to ensure only one correct answer. OK MAB
Comment
                                                                                              02/04/2008
M
42   026K4.07 M F 2                                                                     B   The licensee needs to explain why the II % level requirement is because of
0
                                                                                              the I-FCV-74-3 interlock. I am not sure that the attached reference
0
                                                                                          S material supports this. Maybe the supporting documentation is in another
Stem
                                                                                              print or lesson plan. Also as part ofthis discussion, the wording of the
Cues
                                                                                              question should be reviewed to ensure that it is accurate and will elicit the
T/F
                                                                                              answer.
1 Non
                                                                                              Licensee explained the level requirement. OK MAB 02/04/2008
>1 Non
43   026G2.4.48 M H 2                                   x                                 lei Are there extra spaces in "A" and "B"? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Partial
                                                                                          S Will the terminology "loading room" confuse any of the applicants?
Min
                                                                                              Should this be defmed with more precise terminology?
Q~
                                                                                              "loading room" deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008
SRO
                                                                                              Is the wording of "A" and "B" precise enough? The pump did not (failed
E
                                                                                              to) auto start - this is a fact. I would prefer more precise terminology such
Explanation
                              '1'[                                                           as: "Pump did not auto start even with an auto start signal present."
N
                                                                                              Altemative similar wording would work as well.
K
                                                                                              Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
D
                                                                                              Should the answer choices contain commas or periods between the two
Focus
                                                                                              answer parts. It looks like two complete sentences are separated by
Cred
                                                                                              commas.
Cred
                                                                                              Two sentences used. OK MAB 02/04/2008
KiA
                                                                                              Second set of bullets should be introduced with a colon, vice semi-colon.
Only
                                                                                              Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
S
                                                                                              Time in the stem is only provided to the minute, yet 14:05:00 is almost a
Dist
                                                                                              full 4 minutes from 14:07:59. The clock in the control room may read the
Dist
                                                                                              same, but this is greater than 180 seconds. Discuss whether this question
BIW
                                                                                              needs to be more precise to elicit the correct answer.
cooling units that could be used, under what conditions would they
                                                                                              More precise times are not needed - I made an error with my math when
typically be used?
                                                                                              this comment was made. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Additional cooling units are available one ofthe units. Unit differences
                                                                                              "A" and "B" are not mutually exclusive because it may never be wrong to
make the distractors plausible. OK MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                                                                                      Page II of29
41
025K5.02
M
F
2
B
Is the incorrectness ofthis answer choice based entirely on the word
"each"? This needs to be discussed to ensure only one correct answer.
S
Distractors reworked to ensure only one correct answer. OK MAB
02/04/2008
42
026K4.07
M
F
2
B
The licensee needs to explain why the II% level requirement is because of
the I-FCV-74-3 interlock. I am not sure that the attached reference
S
material supports this. Maybe the supporting documentation is in another
print or lesson plan. Also as part ofthis discussion, the wording ofthe
question should be reviewed to ensure that it is accurate and will elicit the
answer.
Licensee explained the level requirement. OK MAB 02/04/2008
43
026G2.4.48
M
H
2
x
lei
Are there extra spaces in "A" and "B"? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
S
Will the terminology "loading room" confuse any ofthe applicants?
Should this be defmed with more precise terminology?
"loading room" deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Is the wording of "A" and "B" precise enough? The pump did not (failed
to) auto start - this is a fact. I would prefer more precise terminology such
'1'[
as: "Pump did not auto start even with an auto start signal present."
Altemative similar wording would work as well.
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Should the answer choices contain commas or periods between the two
answer parts. It looks like two complete sentences are separated by
commas.
Two sentences used. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Second set ofbullets should be introduced with a colon, vice semi-colon.
Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Time in the stem is only provided to the minute, yet 14:05:00 is almost a
full 4 minutes from 14:07:59. The clock in the control room may read the
same, but this is greater than 180 seconds. Discuss whether this question
needs to be more precise to elicit the correct answer.
More precise times are not needed - I made an error with my math when
this comment was made. OK MAB 02/04/2008
"A" and "B" are not mutually exclusive because it may never be wrong to
Page II of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                    Content Flaws   U                                   Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q=     SRO   E                                 Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KIA     Only S
Q#
                                        Dist       Dist           B/W
KlA#
                                                                                          verify that there is room on the EDG prior to manually placing a load on
B
                                                                                          the EDG. If "A" is correct, the "B" will also be correct,
L
                                                                                          Wording revised to ensure unique answer choices. OK MAB 02/0412008
L
                                                                                          When did the containment pressure reach 2.81 psig? Discuss whether this
PsychometricFlaws
                                                                                          is important information to contain in the stem.
Content Flaws
                                                                                          Q stem is precise enough. OK MAB 02/0412008
U
                                                                                          "A" and "B" plausibility: If the pump was supposed to auto start, then I
Comment
                                                                                          know, just using common sense, that the EDG is desigoed to have room to
M
                                                                                          start the pump (assuming that the sequencer has timed out). If the
0
                                                                                          sequencer has not timed out, then it would not be smart to start the pump
0
                                                                                          anyway. "A" wording revised. "B" determined to be OK with the change
Stem
                                                                                          to "A". OK MAB 02/04/2008
Cues
44 039Al.09   N H 2                                                         x         .g KIA Match: The KIA requires testing knowledge of monitoring main
T/F
                                                                                          steam line radiation monitor parameters associated with operating the
1 Non
                                                                                        S MRSS controls to prevent exceeding design limits. How does this question
>1 Non
                                                                                          test the knowledge required by the KIA? How is knowledge of the
Partial
                                                                                          radiation monitor indications being tested in relation to how those
Min
                                                                                          indications are used to avoid exceeding design limits?
Q=
                                                                                          Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
SRO
                                                                                          The question asks for the condition that is causing the alarm. Is there a
E
                                                                                          possibility that another condition, such as an actual high rad condition
Explanation
                                                                                          could cause the alarm? High rad may not cause the other conditions, but
N
                          ,1                                                             could it cause the alarm? The wording of the question may need some
K
                                                                                          minor revision to ensure that the correct answer is elicited.
D
                                                                                          Q replaced. OK MAE 02/0412008
Focus
                                                                                          Are the second parts of the answer choices worded correctly? The subject
Cred
                                                                                          of the sentence appears to be implied. It would be better to state the noun.
Cred
                                                                                          Q replaced. OK MAE 02/04/2008
KIA
                                                                                          No reference is being suggested. Are the time requirements a closed book
Only
                                                                                          knowledge item at SQ?
S
                                                                                          Q replaced. OK MAB 02/0412008
Dist
45   059A2.07 N H 2                     x           ?                                 B What conditions would automatically close the 2B MFPT Cond FCVs?
Dist
                                                                                          Valve operation depends on power being above or below 60%. OK MAB
B/W
                                                                                        S 02/0412008
verify that there is room on the EDG prior to manually placing a load on
                                                                                          "A" Plausibility: What is the logic behind the FCVs being re-opened in the
the EDG. If "A" is correct, the "B" will also be correct,
                                                                                          AOP? This distractor may not be plausible. It may not be credible for an
Wording revised to ensure unique answer choices. OK MAB 02/0412008
                                                                                          operator to think that they would re-open valves that automatically closed.
When did the containment pressure reach 2.81 psig? Discuss whether this
                                                                                          Discussed with licensee. OK MAB 02/0412008
is important information to contain in the stem.
                                                                                                                                                    Page 12 of29
Q stem is precise enough. OK MAB 02/0412008
"A" and "B" plausibility: Ifthe pump was supposed to auto start, then I
know, just using common sense, that the EDG is desigoed to have room to
start the pump (assuming that the sequencer has timed out). Ifthe
sequencer has not timed out, then it would not be smart to start the pump
anyway. "A" wording revised.
"B" determined to be OK with the change
to "A". OK MAB 02/04/2008
44
039Al.09
N
H
2
x
.g
KIA Match: The KIA requires testing knowledge ofmonitoring main
steam line radiation monitor parameters associated with operating the
S
MRSS controls to prevent exceeding design limits. How does this question
test the knowledge required by the KIA? How is knowledge ofthe
radiation monitor indications being tested in relation to how those
indications are used to avoid exceeding design limits?
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
The question asks for the condition that is causing the alarm. Is there a
possibility that another condition, such as an actual high rad condition
could cause the alarm? High rad may not cause the other conditions, but
,1
could it cause the alarm? The wording ofthe question may need some
minor revision to ensure that the correct answer is elicited.
Q replaced. OK MAE 02/0412008
Are the second parts ofthe answer choices worded correctly? The subject
ofthe sentence appears to be implied. It would be better to state the noun.
Q replaced. OK MAE 02/04/2008
No reference is being suggested. Are the time requirements a closed book
knowledge item at SQ?
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/0412008
45
059A2.07
N
H
2
x
?
B
What conditions would automatically close the 2B MFPT Cond FCVs?
Valve operation depends on power being above or below 60%. OK MAB
S
02/0412008
"A" Plausibility: What is the logic behind the FCVs being re-opened in the
AOP? This distractor may not be plausible. It may not be credible for an
operator to think that they would re-open valves that automatically closed.
Discussed with licensee.
OK MAB 02/0412008
Page 12 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KiA#   B L L             PsychometricFlaws                   Content Flaws   U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem   Cnes T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q=     SRO   E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus               Cred     Cred                   KiA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist     Dist           B/W
KiA#
                                                                                          The stem and answer choice talks about some AOP that has been entered.
B
                                                                                          Is there a reason that the AOP that the operators are performing is not
L
                                                                                          mentioned in the stem or the answer choices? Discuss the possibility of
L
                                                                                          adding the AOP to tighten the question and tie the answers to a specific
PsychometricFlaws
                                                                                          AOP. AOP-S.OI added to the stem. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Content Flaws
46   059A4.01 M H 2                                                                     S Second to last bullet: I assume the SG level is below setpoint, but this
U
                                                                                          needs to be specific. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Comment
                                                                                          Last Bullet: is it necessary to state that the dumps are armed?
M
                                                                                          No - "armed" deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008
0
47   061K5.01 B H 2                                                                     S Typos in 5th bullet. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
0
                                                                                          Trends are provided for all parameters except for SG levels.
Stem
                                                                                          Added. MAE 02/04/2008
Cnes
48   062KI.02 B F 2                                                                   B Too many items are being iterated on in the answer choices. This provides
T/F
                                                                                          the applicants with multiple ways to eliminate distractors. Discuss with
1 Non
                                                                                        S licensee. Discussed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
>1 Non
                                                                                          Consider the following:
Partial
                                                                                                A. After 1.25 seconds, all EDGs will auto start .
Min
                                                                                                B. After 1.25 seconds, only the I B-B EDG will start.
Q=
                                                                                                C. After 300 seconds all EDGs will autostart.
SRO
                          c                                                                     D. After 300 seconds only the IB-B EDG will statio
E
                                                                                          Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Explanation
49   063K2.01 N H 2                                 ?                                 + Distractor analysis states that an applicant may think that control power for
N
                                                                                          the breaker is supplied from the EDG battery. Why would an applicant
K
                                                                                        S think this. Do the EDG batteries supply control power to other buses or to
D
                                                                                          this bus under different plant conditions? I need to understand the credible
Focus
                                                                                          misconception a little better.
Cred
                                                                                          Answer choices revised to correct issue. OK MAE 02/04/2008
Cred
50   064K6.08 B F 2         x                       x                                 .y "B" is not plausible: TIle entire reason for having a standby pump is to
KiA
                                                                                          have it backup the lead pump. The second pump is not referred to in the
Only
                                                                                        S distractor as the standby pump, but it is strongly implied by the stem
S
                                                                                          stating that there is a lead pump. A manual alignment does not appear to
Dist
                                                                                          make sense.
Dist
                                                                                          Distractors revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
B/W
                                                                                          "C" is not plausible because the stem provides a cue that these pumps start
The stem and answer choice talks about some AOP that has been entered.
                                                                                          on tank level. "C" allowed this distractor to stay on exam after discussions
Is there a reason that the AOP that the operators are performing is not
                                                                                          with licensee. OK MAB 02/04/2008
mentioned in the stem or the answer choices? Discuss the possibility of
                                                                                                                                                    Page 13 of29
adding the AOP to tighten the question and tie the answers to a specific
AOP. AOP-S.OI added to the stem. OK MAB 02/04/2008
46
059A4.01
M
H
2
S
Second to last bullet: I assume the SG level is below setpoint, but this
needs to be specific. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Last Bullet: is it necessary to state that the dumps are armed?
No - "armed" deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008
47
061K5.01
B
H
2
S
Typos in 5th bullet. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Trends are provided for all parameters except for SG levels.
Added. MAE 02/04/2008
48
062KI.02
B
F
2
B
Too many items are being iterated on in the answer choices. This provides
the applicants with multiple ways to eliminate distractors. Discuss with
S
licensee. Discussed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Consider the following:
A.
After 1.25 seconds, all EDGs will auto start .
B.
After 1.25 seconds, only the IB-B EDG will start.
C.
After 300 seconds all EDGs will autostart.
c
D.
After 300 seconds only the IB-B EDG will statio
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
49
063K2.01
N
H
2
?
+
Distractor analysis states that an applicant may think that control power for
the breaker is supplied from the EDG battery. Why would an applicant
S
think this. Do the EDG batteries supply control power to other buses or to
this bus under different plant conditions? I need to understand the credible
misconception a little better.
Answer choices revised to correct issue. OK MAE 02/04/2008
50
064K6.08
B
F
2
x
x
.y
"B" is not plausible: TIle entire reason for having a standby pump is to
have it backup the lead pump. The second pump is not referred to in the
S
distractor as the standby pump, but it is strongly implied by the stem
stating that there is a lead pump. A manual alignment does not appear to
make sense.
Distractors revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
"C" is not plausible because the stem provides a cue that these pumps start
on tank level. "C" allowed this distractor to stay on exam after discussions
with licensee. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Page 13 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws   U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cnes T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q=     SRO E                                     Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K 0 Focus             Cred       Cred                   KIA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist       Dist           BIW
KlA#
                                                                                            "A" is the obvious answer because the stem states that these pumps start on
B
                                                                                            low tank level. It would also be common sense to assume that the standby
L
                                                                                            pump would not stilt at the same time or level as the lead pump, which is
L
                                                                                            why it is a standby pump. After discussion with licensee, decided to allow
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                            this distractor. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Content Flaws
                                                                                            If possible, place the conditions of the plant in the stem, rather than making
U
                                                                                            the answer choices conditional. A specific tank level and switch position
Comment
                                                                                            for the backup pump should be placed in the stem.
M
                                                                                            It is not prohibited to place conditions in answer choices, therefore Q was
0
                                                                                            not changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
0
                                                                                            Consider the following:
Stem
                                                                                            Initial plant conditions:
Cnes
                                                                                                  -     2A-A EDG running
T/F
                                                                                                  -     Fuel oil day tank level = ##%
1 Non
                                                                                                  -     Lead fuel oil transfer pump is running
>1 Non
                                                                                                  -     The backup fuel oil transfer pump control switch is in AUTO
Partial
                                                                                            Current plant conditions:
Min
                                                                                                  -     Lead fuel oil transfer pump shaft completely shears
Q=
                                                                                            Which one of the following correctly describes the operation of the backup
SRO
                                                                                            fuel oil transfer pump?
E
                                                                                                  A. The backup pump will be running due to a start signal on low
Explanation
                                                                                                        discharge pressure.
N
                                                                                                  B. The backup pump will be running due to a start signal on low
K
                                                                                                        tanklevel.
0
                                                                                                  C.   The backup pump will not be running and will not start at
Focus
                                                                                                        anytime as tank level lowers.
Cred
                                                                                                  D.   The backup pump will not be running, but will start as tank
Cred
                                                                                                        level lowers with no discharge pressure on the lead pump.
KIA
                                                                                            Allowed Q to remain with only minor revision. OK MAB 02/0412008
Only
51   073AI.01 N II 2                     x                                             :g Is second bullet worded correctly? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
S
                F                                                                       S Be consistent with periods behind bullets. Licensee did not incorporate
Dist
                                                                                            this comment, but does not affect the technical accuracy of the question,
Dist
                                                                                            OK MAE 02/0412008
BIW
                                                                                            This question is really written at the (Fnmdamental knowledge level. It
"A" is the obvious answer because the stem states that these pumps start on
                                                                                            appears like there may be infonnation in the stem that does not add value
low tank level. It would also be common sense to assume that the standby
                                                                                            to the question. The question really does not ask anything more than:
pump would not stilt at the same time or level as the lead pump, which is
                                                                                            What automatic actions occur as a result of2-RM-90-123A alarming on
why it is a standby pump. After discussion with licensee, decided to allow
                                                                                            high radiation? Licensee did not incorporate comment, TIley are in the
this distractor. OK MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                            middle of the band for CIA and F questions, therefore designating this
If possible, place the conditions of the plant in the stem, rather than making
                                                                                            question in either category will not cause all exam metric to be encroached
the answer choices conditional. A specific tank level and switch position
                                                                                                                                                      Page 14 of29
for the backup pump should be placed in the stem.
It is not prohibited to place conditions in answer choices, therefore Q was
not changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Consider the following:
Initial plant conditions:
-
2A-A EDG running
-
Fuel oil day tank level = ##%
-
Lead fuel oil transfer pump is running
-
The backup fuel oil transfer pump control switch is in AUTO
Current plant conditions:
-
Lead fuel oil transfer pump shaft completely shears
Which one of the following correctly describes the operation of the backup
fuel oil transfer pump?
A.
The backup pump will be running due to a start signal on low
discharge pressure.
B.
The backup pump will be running due to a start signal on low
tanklevel.
C.
The backup pump will not be running and will not start at
anytime as tank level lowers.
D.
The backup pump will not be running, but will start as tank
level lowers with no discharge pressure on the lead pump.
Allowed Qto remain with only minor revision. OK MAB 02/0412008
51
073AI.01
N
II
2
x
:g
Is second bullet worded correctly? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
F
S
Be consistent with periods behind bullets. Licensee did not incorporate
this comment, but does not affect the technical accuracy of the question,
OK MAE 02/0412008
This question is really written at the (Fnmdamental knowledge level.
It
appears like there may be infonnation in the stem that does not add value
to the question. The question really does not ask anything more than:
What automatic actions occur as a result of2-RM-90-123A alarming on
high radiation? Licensee did not incorporate comment, TIley are in the
middle ofthe band for CIA and F questions, therefore designating this
question in either category will not cause all exam metric to be encroached
Page 14 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                            Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   n L L           Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     U                                       Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q-     SRO E                                     Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KIA     Only S
Q#
                                        Dist       Dist           BIW
KlA#
                                                                                            upon. I would have required this to be fixed if it affected the adherence to
n
                                                                                            the higher cog criteria. OK MAE 02/04/2008
L
                                                                                            "B" is not plausible: What information in the stem would lend credibility
L
                                                                                            to this distractor. It is very basic that there is an auto isolation ofthe surge
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                            tank. It is not enough to simply test whether an auto isolation exists. I
Content Flaws
                                                                                            agree with the plausibility that you have built into the other two distrators.
U
                                                                                            Is there any way to improve this distractor by requiring the applicants to
Comment
                                                                                            know a little more than whether or not an auto isolation exists?
M
                                                                                            "B" replaced. MAB 02/04/2008
0
                                                                                            Does "C" contain grammatical errors in both sentences?
0
                                                                                            Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Stem
                                                                                            "D": when possible, always word questions and answers for what is
Cues
                                                                                            required to be done, not what an operator will or may do. This is because
T/F
                                                                                            operators may do anything, but we want to test what they are required to
1 Non
                                                                                            do.
>1 Non
                                                                                            Revised. OK MAE 02/04/2008
Partial
52   076A2.02 N H 2                                                                     :y Typo in second bullet. Fixed. MAE 02/0412008
Min
                                                                                          S Is there enough information in the stem to elicit the correct answer?
Q-
                                                                                            During the review in Atlanta we will need to pull prints and do a detailed
SRO
                                                                                            review of the information in the stem, detennine if the stem permits
E
                                                                                            applicants, or forces applicants to make assumptions on the location of the
Explanation
                      .j(                                                                   leak, on how and where the leak is isolated, and whether there are credible
N
                    "
K
                                                                                            arguments for no correct answers or mnltiple correct answers. Plausibility
D
                                                                                            of the distractors will also need to be discussed.
Focus
                                                                                            OK. We pulled prints during IP and question is sat. MAB 02/04/2008
Cred
                                                                                            This question will be rated as unsat, pending the detailed review that will
Cred
                                                                                            take place with the licensee.
KIA
                                                                                            Q OK MAB 02/04/2008
Only
53   076A4.02 M F 2                                                                     E Is there an extra space between "following" and "the"?
S
                                                                                            Q simplified. Corrected. MAE 02/04/2008
Dist
                                                                                          S
Dist
                                                                                            "A": Would it be more plausible for I-FCY-67-146 to be "Auto" and 2-
BIW
                                                                                            FCY-67-146 to be "Manual"? This qnestion is being asked because on the
upon. I would have required this to be fixed if it affected the adherence to
                                                                                            surface it may make sense for the valve on the unit with the SI to auto
the higher cog criteria. OK MAE 02/04/2008
                                                                                            reposition, rather than the other unit's valve? This may be due to my
"B" is not plausible: What information in the stem would lend credibility
                                                                                            unfamiliarity with SQ. Discuss with licensee.
to this distractor. It is very basic that there is an auto isolation ofthe surge
                                                                                            Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
tank. It is not enough to simply test whether an auto isolation exists. I
                                                                                            Is there any possibility that EA-67-1 allows operators to reposition O-FCY-
agree with the plausibility that you have built into the other two distrators.
                                                                                                                                                        Page 15 of29
Is there any way to improve this distractor by requiring the applicants to
know a little more than whether or not an auto isolation exists?
"B" replaced. MAB 02/04/2008
Does "C" contain grammatical errors in both sentences?
Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
"D": when possible, always word questions and answers for what is
required to be done, not what an operator will or may do. This is because
operators may do anything, but we want to test what they are required to
do.
Revised. OK MAE 02/04/2008
52
076A2.02
N
H
2
:y
Typo in second bullet. Fixed. MAE 02/0412008
S
Is there enough information in the stem to elicit the correct answer?
During the review in Atlanta we will need to pull prints and do a detailed
review of the information in the stem, detennine if the stem permits
applicants, or forces applicants to make assumptions on the location of the
.j(
leak, on how and where the leak is isolated, and whether there are credible
"
arguments for no correct answers or mnltiple correct answers. Plausibility
ofthe distractors will also need to be discussed.
OK. We pulled prints during IP and question is sat. MAB 02/04/2008
This question will be rated as unsat, pending the detailed review that will
take place with the licensee.
Q OK MAB 02/04/2008
53
076A4.02
M
F
2
E
Is there an extra space between "following" and "the"?
Q simplified. Corrected. MAE 02/04/2008
S
"A": Would it be more plausible for I-FCY-67-146 to be "Auto" and 2-
FCY-67-146 to be "Manual"? This qnestion is being asked because on the
surface it may make sense for the valve on the unit with the SI to auto
reposition, rather than the other unit's valve? This may be due to my
unfamiliarity with SQ. Discuss with licensee.
Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
Is there any possibility that EA-67-1 allows operators to reposition O-FCY-
Page 15 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KiA#   B L L             Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q=       SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KiA       Only S
Q#
                                          Dist       Dist           B/W
KiA#
                                                                                              67-152, thus bringing into question the possibility that Manual would be
B
                                                                                              the correct response for all three valves? Q revised. Corrected. MAB
L
                                                                                              02/04/2008
L
                                                                                              The stem contains a lot of words. Are we simply asking the following:
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                              Which one of the following correctly describes the following valve
Content Flaws
                                                                                              responses to a Unit I safety injection?
U
                                                                                                  0-FCV-67-152         I-FCV-67-146     2-FCV-67-146
Comment
                                                                                              A. Auto repositions Auto repositions Does NOT auto reposition
M
                                                                                              B. etc.
0
                                                                                              Incorporated, OK MAB 02/04/2008
0
54   078K3.01 M F I-                                                                       S Question is right at the cusp of being acceptable. When all other changes
Stem
                  2                                                                           to the exam have been made, an overall evaluation of the exam will be
Cues
                                                                                              performed. Q is OK. MAB 02/04/2008
T/F
55   103A3.01 M H I-                                 X                                     :g "C" and "D" plausibility: There are no indications in the stem that would
1 Non
                  2                                                                           lead an applicant to believe that CVI should only have occurred on one
>1 Non
                                                                                            S train. Are rad monitors train specific for CVI? If so, add values for both
Partial
                                                                                              the "A" and "B" monitors, with the "B" at a lower value.
Min
                                                                                              Specific rad monitor information added. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Q=
56   011K6.05 N H 2                                   ?                                   :g Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. 02/04/2008
SRO
                                                                                            S
E
                                                                                            'f What credible misconception would lead an applicant to believe that I-LT-
Explanation
                                                                                              68-321 would have an impact on pzr level control when I-LT-68-320 is
N
                      I                                                                     S selected?"
K
                                                                                              Licensee revised answer choices to correct. OK MAB 02/04/2008
D
                                                                                              AJ:e the cold cal instruments ever used for pzr level control?
Focus
                                                                                              Cold Cal instruments deleted from answer choices. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Cred
57   015K2.01 M F I-                                 x                                   Y "B" and "C" are not plausible: These two choices can be eliminated just
Cred
                  2                                                                           by knowing that even channels are powered by the same bus and the odd
KiA
                                                                                            S channels are powered from the same bus (or at least the same division of
Only
                                                                                              power). The mixing of even and odd NI numbers make these two
S
                                                                                              distractors not plausible.
Dist
                                                                                              Distractors revised to correct concem. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Dist
58   016K1.10 M F 2                                                                       S Q is SAT.
B/W
59   o17K4.03 B F I                                 x                                   Y Remaining "in" limits, or "within" limits? Either way - it just depends on
67-152, thus bringing into question the possibility that Manual would be
                                                                                              how you want your applicants to read the question. Fixed. MAB
the correct response for all three valves?
                                                                                            S 02/04/2008
Q revised. Corrected. MAB
                                                                                              What does "limits" mean in the stem? Is this specific enough to elicit the
02/04/2008
                                                                                                                                                      Page 16 of29
The stem contains a lot of words. Are we simply asking the following:
Which one ofthe following correctly describes the following valve
responses to a Unit I safety injection?
0-FCV-67-152
I-FCV-67-146
2-FCV-67-146
A. Auto repositions
Auto repositions
Does NOT auto reposition
B. etc.
Incorporated, OK MAB 02/04/2008
54
078K3.01
M
F
I-
S
Question is right at the cusp ofbeing acceptable. When all other changes
2
to the exam have been made, an overall evaluation ofthe exam will be
performed. Q is OK. MAB 02/04/2008
55
103A3.01
M
H
I-
X
:g
"C" and "D" plausibility: There are no indications in the stem that would
2
lead an applicant to believe that CVI should only have occurred on one
S
train. Are rad monitors train specific for CVI? If so, add values for both
the "A" and "B" monitors, with the "B" at a lower value.
Specific rad monitor information added. OK MAB 02/04/2008
56
011K6.05
N
H
2
?
:g
Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. 02/04/2008
S
'f
What credible misconception would lead an applicant to believe that I-LT-
68-321 would have an impact on pzr level control when I-LT-68-320 is
I
S
selected?"
Licensee revised answer choices to correct. OK MAB 02/04/2008
AJ:e the cold cal instruments ever used for pzr level control?
Cold Cal instruments deleted from answer choices. OK MAB 02/04/2008
57
015K2.01
M
F
I-
x
Y
"B" and "C" are not plausible: These two choices can be eliminated just
2
by knowing that even channels are powered by the same bus and the odd
S
channels are powered from the same bus (or at least the same division of
power). The mixing of even and odd NI numbers make these two
distractors not plausible.
Distractors revised to correct concem. OK MAB 02/04/2008
58
016K1.10
M
F
2
S
Q is SAT.
59
o17K4.03
B
F
I
x
Y
Remaining "in" limits, or "within" limits? Either way - it just depends on
how you want your applicants to read the question. Fixed. MAB
S
02/04/2008
What does "limits" mean in the stem? Is this specific enough to elicit the
Page 16 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KJA#   B L L             Psychometric Flaws                   Content Flaws   U                                   Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q=     SRO E                                 Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KJA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist     Dist           BIW
KJA#
                                                                                          correct answer? I understand what it means only by reading the question
B
                                                                                          analysis, which the applicants will not have. Wording enhancements
L
                                                                                          made. OK MAE 02/04/2008
L
                                                                                          The question should also be tied to the procedure. Incorporated. MAB
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                          02/04/2008
Content Flaws
                                                                                          "C" and "D" are not plausible. The magnitude of these two answer choices
U
                                                                                          make them completely non-credible.
Comment
                                                                                          Distractors revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
M
                                                                                          Are there any other choices that have meaning at your plant? 600F?
0
                                                                                          700F? nOF? 750F? Different values were agreed upon with licensee.
0
                                                                                          OK MAE 02/04/2008
Stem
60   045K5.17 N H I-                                 x                                 Y "A" is not plausible. This is not a method which is directed by plant
Cues
                  2                                                                     procedures, which does not create a plausible distractor.
T/F
                                                                                        S Q and distractor revised to address concem. OK MAE 02/04/2008
1 Non
                                                                                          "D" is not plausible. Two variables, the two parameters being analyzed,
>1 Non
                                                                                          moving is not plausible. Q and distractor revised to address concem. OK
Partial
                                                                                          MAB 02/04/2008
Min
                                                                                          This question is pure GFE. Applicants have already passed a GFE. This is
Q=
                                                                                          the Site Specific written exam. Steam header pressure incorporated, which
SRO
                                                                                          makes the question more plant specific. OK MAB 02/04/2008
E
                  ;.
Explanation
                                                                                          Will the correct answer be correct under all plant conditions that can be
N
                                                                                          assumed with the information provided in the stem? To be safe, does a
K
                                                                                          bumup need to be provided in the stem as well? Answer will always be
D
                                                                                          correct at 50% power. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Focus
                                                                                          This question can be brought to an acceptable level by making it plant
Cred
                                                                                          specific. Maybe iterating on "B" and "C" and then adding a second half to
Cred
                                                                                          the distractors would accomplish plausibility and allow for a plant specific
KJA
                                                                                          question. Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Only
61   055A3.03 N H 2                       x                                           g "C": lacks a period. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
S
                                                                                        S "B" is not plausible. The reason in "B" is not tied to conditions that are
Dist
                                                                                          provided in the stem. Compare to "A" - where "A" contains a reason that
Dist
                                                                                          corresponds to an alarm that is provided in the stem. To raise the
BIW
                                                                                          plausibility of"B", the reason needs to be tied to a condition in the stem.
correct answer? I understand what it means only by reading the question
                                                                                          Simplified to only tie to high pressure, vice rad inst malfunction. OK
analysis, which the applicants will not have. Wording enhancements
                                                                                          MAE 02/04/2008
made. OK MAE 02/04/2008
                                                                                                                                                  Page 17 of29
The question should also be tied to the procedure. Incorporated. MAB
02/04/2008
"C" and "D" are not plausible. The magnitude of these two answer choices
make them completely non-credible.
Distractors revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Are there any other choices that have meaning at your plant? 600F?
700F? nOF? 750F? Different values were agreed upon with licensee.
OK MAE 02/04/2008
60
045K5.17
N
H
I-
x
Y
"A" is not plausible. This is not a method which is directed by plant
2
procedures, which does not create a plausible distractor.
S
Qand distractor revised to address concem. OK MAE 02/04/2008
"D" is not plausible. Two variables, the two parameters being analyzed,
moving is not plausible. Q and distractor revised to address concem. OK
MAB 02/04/2008
This question is pure GFE. Applicants have already passed a GFE. This is
the Site Specific written exam. Steam header pressure incorporated, which
makes the question more plant specific. OK MAB 02/04/2008
;.
Will the correct answer be correct under all plant conditions that can be
assumed with the information provided in the stem? To be safe, does a
bumup need to be provided in the stem as well? Answer will always be
correct at 50% power. OK MAB 02/04/2008
This question can be brought to an acceptable level by making it plant
specific. Maybe iterating on "B" and "C" and then adding a second half to
the distractors would accomplish plausibility and allow for a plant specific
question. Qrevised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
61
055A3.03
N
H
2
x
g
"C": lacks a period. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
S
"B" is not plausible. The reason in "B" is not tied to conditions that are
provided in the stem. Compare to "A" - where "A" contains a reason that
corresponds to an alarm that is provided in the stem. To raise the
plausibility of"B", the reason needs to be tied to a condition in the stem.
Simplified to only tie to high pressure, vice rad inst malfunction. OK
MAE 02/04/2008
Page 17 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                           Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                                Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#     B L L             Psvchometric Flaws                  Content Flaws   U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
                M 0 0   Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q~     SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
                N K D   Focus             Cred       Cred                 KIA     Only S
Q#
                                            Dist     Dist           B/W
KlA#
62   068A4.02   M F 2                                                                   S Q is SAT. TIle chosen wording does not appear to be the easiest to
B
                                                                                            interpret, but the Q is OK if you want to go with the current wording. If
L
                                                                                            you would like your applicants to see this question worded slightly
L
                                                                                            different, I am OK with that too.
PsvchometricFlaws
                                                                                            OK MAB 02/0412008
Content Flaws
63   071K3.04   M H 2                                                                     S Q is SAT.
U
64   075G2.2.1 I N H 2                                                                   :g Grammar issue in first bullet.
Comment
                                                                                            Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
M
                                                                                          S
0
                                                                                            The stem of the question is vague with respect to how the design will be
0
                                                                                            changed. It is implied, that the change will cause the valve to
Stem
                                                                                            automatically close. Is it important to state this. Will it be possible for an
Cues
                                                                                            applicant to assume a change that would affect the answer choices?
T/F
                                                                                            Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
1 Non
                                                                                            Do you want to ask this question to all RO? Do you have ally RO learning
>1 Non
                                                                                            objectives associated with temp changes? Is this knowledge part of the RO
Partial
                                                                                            ILT program? Discuss with licensee.
Min
                                                                                            Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Q~
                                                                                            If licensee can produce documentation that this is OK to ask an RO, then
SRO
                                                                                            the question is SAT.
E
                                                                                            Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Explanation
65   086AI.OI   N F '5.                                                       x         Y Answer choices need some "the'ts added between "trip" and "pump".
N
                                                                                            Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
K
                                                                                          S
D
                                                                                            KIA not matched: The KIA requires testing the ability to monitorlpredict
Focus
                                                                                            changes in parameters as they relate to operating controls to prevent
Cred
                                                                                            exceeding design limits (fire header pressure). This question only tests
Cred
                                                                                            knowledge of existence of design features. The question does not test the
KIA
                                                                                            ability to monitor changes in parameters to prevent from exceeding design
Only
                                                                                            limits.
S
                                                                                            Q revised. OK MAE 02/04/2008
Dist
66     G2.I.3   N F 2                                                                   S Question is written as a ''NOT'' question, which is discouraged by the
Dist
                                                                                            NUREG. I will allow this format if the licensee does not have an issue
B/W
                                                                                            with presenting the question to the applicants in this format.
62
                                                                                            Noted. MAB 02/04/2008
068A4.02
                                                                                            Repeated the word "during" in the stem. Fixed. MAE 02/0412008
M
67     G2.I.27   B H 2                                                                   S Third bullet: "start" should be plural. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
F
                                                                                                                                                      Page 18 of29
2
S
Q is SAT. TIle chosen wording does not appear to be the easiest to
interpret, but the Q is OK ifyou want to go with the current wording. If
you would like your applicants to see this question worded slightly
different, I am OK with that too.
OK MAB 02/0412008
63
071K3.04
M
H
2
S
Q is SAT.
64
075G2.2.1 I
N
H
2
:g
Grammar issue in first bullet.
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
S
The stem ofthe question is vague with respect to how the design will be
changed. It is implied, that the change will cause the valve to
automatically close. Is it important to state this. Will it be possible for an
applicant to assume a change that would affect the answer choices?
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Do you want to ask this question to all RO? Do you have ally RO learning
objectives associated with temp changes? Is this knowledge part of the RO
ILT program? Discuss with licensee.
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
If licensee can produce documentation that this is OK to ask an RO, then
the question is SAT.
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
65
086AI.OI
N
F
'5.
x
Y
Answer choices need some "the'ts added between "trip" and "pump".
Qrevised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
S
KIA not matched: The KIA requires testing the ability to monitorlpredict
changes in parameters as they relate to operating controls to prevent
exceeding design limits (fire header pressure). This question only tests
knowledge of existence of design features. The question does not test the
ability to monitor changes in parameters to prevent from exceeding design
limits.
Q revised. OK MAE 02/04/2008
66
G2.I.3
N
F
2
S
Question is written as a ''NOT'' question, which is discouraged by the
NUREG. I will allow this format ifthe licensee does not have an issue
with presenting the question to the applicants in this format.
Noted. MAB 02/04/2008
Repeated the word "during" in the stem. Fixed. MAE 02/0412008
67
G2.I.27
B
H
2
S
Third bullet: "start" should be plural. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Page 18 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                           Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                                Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KiA#   B L L             Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws   U                                   Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0   Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q-     SRO   E                                 Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D   Focns             Cred       Cred                   KiA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist       Dist           B/W
KiA#
                                                                                            Fourth bullet: "level" should be plural. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
B
                                                                                            Be consistent with tense in all answer choices. Consider:
L
                                                                                                  A. Arming conditions for AMSAC were not present.
L
                                                                                                  B. AMSAC actuated.
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                                  C. Arming conditions were present, but actuation conditions were
Content Flaws
                                                                                                        not present.
U
                                                                                                  D. AMSAC has not actuated, but will actuate after the appropriate
Comment
                                                                                                        time delay if SG levels stabilize at their current values.
M
                                                                                            Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
0
68   G2.1.28 M F 2                                   x                                 .g "C" and "D" plausibility: ERCW pumps are the same type of pump
0
                                                                                            performing the same function. If an applicant had a misconception that
Stem
                                                                                          S they were both sequenced on the bus, why would it make any difference
Cues
                                                                                            which pump starts first? Are there other pumps in the plant that both get
T/F
                                                                                            sequenced on a bus and the order of that sequence is determined by a
1 Non
                                                                                            switch position that is manipulated by the operators? Discuss with
>1 Non
                                                                                            licensee. If there is more plausibility here than I realize, then this question
Partial
                                                                                            may be SAT.
Min
                                                                                            Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Q-
                                                                                            "C' and "D" should have an "in which" added.
SRO
                                                                                            Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
E
                                                                                            The second part of "A" and "C" appears to be a little cryptic. Is this easily
Explanation
                                                                                            understandable?
N
                    T                                                                       Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
K
69   G2.2.26 N H 2                                                                       S Q is SAT.
D
        REF
Focns
70   G2.2.33 B H 2                                                                     B Is there an extra space between "and" and "the"? Corrected. MAB
Cred
                                                                                            02/0412008
Cred
                                                                                          S
KiA
                                                                                            "B" is not plausible. With dumps open and rods inserting it is not credible
Only
                                                                                            for an applicant to have a misconception that temperature will go up.
S
                                                                                            Consider changing the temperature to something lower than 559 F, but
Dist
                                                                                            plausible. Answer choices changed to iterate on temps and speed. OK
Dist
                                                                                            MAB 02/04/2008
B/W
71   G2.3.2   N H 2                                                                       S Q is SAT.
Fourth bullet: "level" should be plural. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
72   G2.3.9   B F 2                                                                       S Be consistent with periods behind bullets. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Be consistent with tense in all answer choices. Consider:
                                                                                            Q is SAT.
A.
73   G2.3.l0 B F I     x                             x       x                         .g "A" is not plausible. If "A" is correct, then any of the others would be
Arming conditions for AMSAC were not present.
                                                                                                                                                      Page 19 of29
B.
AMSAC actuated.
C.
Arming conditions were present, but actuation conditions were
not present.
D.
AMSAC has not actuated, but will actuate after the appropriate
time delay if SG levels stabilize at their current values.
Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
68
G2.1.28
M
F
2
x
.g
"C" and "D" plausibility: ERCW pumps are the same type ofpump
performing the same function.
If an applicant had a misconception that
S
they were both sequenced on the bus, why would it make any difference
which pump starts first? Are there other pumps in the plant that both get
sequenced on a bus and the order of that sequence is determined by a
switch position that is manipulated by the operators? Discuss with
licensee. Ifthere is more plausibility here than I realize, then this question
may be SAT.
Qreplaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
"C' and "D" should have an "in which" added.
Qreplaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
The second part of"A" and "C" appears to be a little cryptic. Is this easily
understandable?
T
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
69
G2.2.26
N
H
2
S
Qis SAT.
REF
70
G2.2.33
B
H
2
B
Is there an extra space between "and" and "the"? Corrected. MAB
02/0412008
S
"B" is not plausible. With dumps open and rods inserting it is not credible
for an applicant to have a misconception that temperature will go up.
Consider changing the temperature to something lower than 559 F, but
plausible. Answer choices changed to iterate on temps and speed. OK
MAB 02/04/2008
71
G2.3.2
N
H
2
S
Q is SAT.
72
G2.3.9
B
F
2
S
Be consistent with periods behind bullets. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Q is SAT.
73
G2.3.l0
B
F
I
x
x
x
.g
"A" is not plausible. If"A" is correct, then any of the others would be
Page 19 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                            Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q~     SRO E                                     Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KIA     Only S
Q#
                                        Dist       Dist           B/W
KlA#
                                                                                            also. TIle question asks for which would be correct to exit the RCA. If it
B
                                                                                          S is correct to simply exit, then doing anything above and beyond that would
L
                                                                                            not be wrong. Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
L
                                                                                            "B" is not plausible. PCM-IB monitors alarm quite often. Can you
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                            imagine how many whole body counts would be needed if this were true?
Content Flaws
                                                                                            How many times have these applicants had a PCM-IB alarm?
U
                                                                                            Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Comment
                                                                                            This question does not discriminate at the appropriate level. An RO
M
                                                                                            applicant getting tins question correct does not provide useful information
0
                                                                                            in making a license decision. Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
0
74   G2.4.16 B H 2                                                                     S Typo in "D": E-O? vice E-O. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Stem
                                                                                            Typo "D": should "exist" be plural? Licensee failed to correct. It does not
Cues
                                                                                            affect tec1micalaccuracy of question. I would make them change it if it
T/F
                                                                                            appeared only in a distractor. OK MAB 02/04/2008
1 Non
                                                                                            This question looks very familiar. No response needed from licensee - I
>1 Non
                                                                                            am just noting this. Noted. MAB 02/04/2008
Partial
75   02.4.22 N F 2                                                                     S Why is "Larger" capitalized in "A' and "D"? Corrected. MAB
Min
                                                                                            02/04/2008
Q~
                                                                  SROEXAM
SRO
76 008G2.4.49 NJH 2                                                                     II "C": Is there an extra space between "and" and "immediately"?
E
                                                                                          ~ Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Explanation
                                                                                          S "D": Is there an extra space between "in" and "E-O"?
N
                                                                                            Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
K
                                                                                            What pressure causes phase B to actuate?
D
                                                                                            Would it be incorrect for the SRO to direct starting of the EDG? Is this an
Focus
                                                                                            automatic action that should have occurred? Does SQ have all Admin
Cred
                                                                                            procedure that states that it is permissible to manually perform an auto
Cred
                                                                                            action that should have occurred?
KIA
                                                                                            Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Only
                                                                                            If this question is determined to require knowledge of procedure selection,
S
                                                                                            i.e. beyond general rules of procedure usage, then it will be acceptable as
Dist
                                                                                            an SRO question. Discuss SRO-only learning objectives that may be
Dist
                                                                                            available to support this question as SRO only.
B/W
                                                                                            Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
also. TIle question asks for which would be correct to exit the RCA. If it
                                                                                            It is my knowledge that a general Westinghouse rule of usage is that
S
                                                                                                                                                      Page 20 of29
is correct to simply exit, then doing anything above and beyond that would
not be wrong. Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
"B" is not plausible. PCM-IB monitors alarm quite often. Can you
imagine how many whole body counts would be needed if this were true?
How many times have these applicants had a PCM-IB alarm?
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
This question does not discriminate at the appropriate level. An RO
applicant getting tins question correct does not provide useful information
in making a license decision. Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
74
G2.4.16
B
H
2
S
Typo in "D": E-O? vice E-O. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Typo "D": should "exist" be plural? Licensee failed to correct. It does not
affect tec1micalaccuracy ofquestion. I would make them change it if it
appeared only in a distractor. OK
MAB 02/04/2008
This question looks very familiar. No response needed from licensee - I
am just noting this. Noted. MAB 02/04/2008
75
02.4.22
N
F
2
S
Why is "Larger" capitalized in "A' and "D"? Corrected. MAB
02/04/2008
SROEXAM
76
008G2.4.49
NJH
2
II
"C": Is there an extra space between "and" and "immediately"?
~
Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
S
"D": Is there an extra space between "in" and "E-O"?
Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
What pressure causes phase B to actuate?
Would it be incorrect for the SRO to direct starting of the EDG? Is this an
automatic action that should have occurred? Does SQ have all Admin
procedure that states that it is permissible to manually perform an auto
action that should have occurred?
Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
If this question is determined to require knowledge of procedure selection,
i.e. beyond general rules of procedure usage, then it will be acceptable as
an SRO question. Discuss SRO-only learning objectives that may be
available to support this question as SRO only.
Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
It is my knowledge that a general Westinghouse rule of usage is that
Page 20 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                   Content Flaws   U                                   Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q=     SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                 KIA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist       Dist           BIW
KlA#
                                                                                          operators do not exit E-O until E-O instructs them to exit. I would view this
B
                                                                                          as RO knowledge unless there is some plant documentation that would
L
                                                                                          state otherwise.
L
                                                                                          Q and KiA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Psychometric Flaws
77   029EA2.09 M H 2                                                               x Y Discuss deleting parameters at the time of transition. They do not add
Content Flaws
                                                                                          plausibility to "turbine not tripped"; therefore, they may not be necessary
U
                                                                                        S information.
Comment
                                                                                          PRT values deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008
M
                                                                                          Change feed water flow to something that is just over the limit. Like 120
0
                                                                                          gpm to each SG. Heat sink requirements are 440 gpm total. Discuss with
0
                                                                                          licensee.
Stem
                                                                                          FW flow values revised. OK MAB 02/0412008
Cues
                                                                                          Not SRO-only: ROs are required to know status trees. Therefore, the
T/F
                                                                                          question can be answered by knowing that H.l is not required to be entered
1 Non
                                                                                          and that the turbine is tripped. Both of these knowledge items are required
>1 Non
                                                                                          RO-knowledge.
Partial
                                                                                          (G2.4.21 has an RO importance rating of 3.7)
Min
                                                                                          Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Q=
78   054AA2.05 N H 2                                                               x Y Not SRO-only: Question requires systems knowledge for response of the
SRO
                                                                                          MFW B/P Reg Valve, which is RO knowledge. Question also requires
E
                                                                                        S knowledge of AOP and EOP entry conditions, which is also RO
Explanation
                                                                                          knowledge. Furthermore, the applicant can use systems knowledge to
N
                                                                                          determine that the reactor will not trip and that not SI is present, thereby,
K
                  I                                                                      allowing the applicant to eliminate going to E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety
D
                                                                                          Injection."
Focus
                                                                                          (2.4.1 and 2.4.4 have RO importance ratings of 4.3 and 4.0 respectively)
Cred
                                                                                          Q revised to make SRO only. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Cred
                                                                                          Are the applicants required to go to the AOP? Would an operator be
KIA
                                                                                          wrong if the AOP was not entered?
Only
                                                                                          Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
S
79   057AA2.17 N H 2                                                               x y Is punctuation in second bullet correct?
Dist
                                                                                          Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Dist
                                                                                        S
BIW
                                                                                          Not SRO-only: Both parts of the answer choices can be analyzed using
operators do not exit E-O until E-O instructs them to exit. I would view this
                                                                                          RO required knowledge. Systems knowledge is required by ROs;
as RO knowledge unless there is some plant documentation that would
                                                                                          therefore, this question does no require any knowledge that is specific only
state otherwise.
                                                                                          to the SRO position.
Q and KiA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                          Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
77
80   065AA2.01 N H 2                                                                   E Wording on LCO 3.0.3 is too loose. LeO 3.0.3 is always applicable and
029EA2.09
                                                                                                                                                    Page 21 of29
M
H
2
x
Y
Discuss deleting parameters at the time oftransition. They do not add
plausibility to "turbine not tripped"; therefore, they may not be necessary
S
information.
PRT values deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Change feed water flow to something that is just over the limit. Like 120
gpm to each SG. Heat sink requirements are 440 gpm total. Discuss with
licensee.
FW flow values revised. OK MAB 02/0412008
Not SRO-only: ROs are required to know status trees. Therefore, the
question can be answered by knowing that H.l is not required to be entered
and that the turbine is tripped. Both of these knowledge items are required
RO-knowledge.
(G2.4.21 has an RO importance rating of 3.7)
Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
78
054AA2.05
N
H
2
x
Y
Not SRO-only: Question requires systems knowledge for response ofthe
MFW B/P Reg Valve, which is RO knowledge. Question also requires
S
knowledge ofAOP and EOP entry conditions, which is also RO
knowledge. Furthermore, the applicant can use systems knowledge to
I
determine that the reactor will not trip and that not SI is present, thereby,
allowing the applicant to eliminate going to E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety
Injection."
(2.4.1 and 2.4.4 have RO importance ratings of4.3 and 4.0 respectively)
Q revised to make SRO only. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Are the applicants required to go to the AOP? Would an operator be
wrong if the AOP was not entered?
Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
79
057AA2.17
N
H
2
x
y
Is punctuation in second bullet correct?
Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
S
Not SRO-only: Both parts ofthe answer choices can be analyzed using
RO required knowledge. Systems knowledge is required by ROs;
therefore, this question does no require any knowledge that is specific only
to the SRO position.
Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
80
065AA2.01
N
H
2
E
Wording on LCO 3.0.3 is too loose. LeO 3.0.3 is always applicable and
Page 21 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#   KiA#   B L L             Psychometric Flaws                   Content Flaws   U                                   Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q=     SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                 KiA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist       Dist           BIW
KiA#
                                                                                          licensees are always required to comply with 3.0.3. Change the wording
B
                                                                                        S to: Required Actions ofLCO 3.0.3 are required to be performed, OR not
L
                                                                                          required to be performed. This will not change the meaning of what is
L
                                                                                          being asked, but it will be more direct and more technically correct to
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                          phrase the second part of each answer choice in this manner.
Content Flaws
                                                                                          Incorporated. MAB 02/04/2008
U
                                                                                          Delete the air pressure in the stem. The ala1111 annunciates, which is
Comment
                                                                                          enough to inform the operator that pressure is below 68 psig. Discuss with
M
                                                                                          licensee. Allowed air pressure to remain. OK MAB 02/0412008
0
                                                                                          The piece of each answer choice that discusses that fuel movement is
0
                                                                                          required to be suspended does not add value since it is the same in each
Stem
                                                                                          answer choice. The answer choices should only contain the information
Cues
                                                                                          needed to make them unique answer choices:
T/F
                                                                                                A. ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLE until Train A
1 Non
                                                                                                      Containment Air Isolation Valve automatically closes, at which
>1 Non
                                                                                                      time LCO 3.0.3 required actions would NOT be required to be
Partial
                                                                                                      taken.
Min
                                                                                                B.   ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLE until Train A
Q=
                                                                                                      Containment Air Isolation Valve automatically closes, at which
SRO
                                                                                                      time LCO 3.0.3 required actions would be required to be taken.
E
                                                                                                C. Both trains of ABGTS would immediately be INOPERABLE
Explanation
                                                                                                      with the current conditions. LCO 3.0.3 required actions would
N
                                                                                                      NOT be required to be taken.
K
                                                                                                D. Both trains of ABGTS would immediately be INOPERABLE
D
                                                                                                      with the current conditions. LCO 3.0.3 required actions would
Focus
                                                                                                      be required to be taken
Cred
                                                                                          Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Cred
81   W/Ell   B H I-                       x         X?                               B Be consistent with punctuation after bulleted items. Fixed. MAB
KiA
      G2.4.48     2                                                                     02/04/2008
Only
                                                                                        S
S
                                                                                          Transfer to RHR containment sump is not plausible. The stem clearly
Dist
                                                                                          states that a LOCA Outside Containment is occurring. This distractor must
Dist
                                                                                          be replaced. Corrected. OK MAB 02/04/2008
BIW
                                                                                          Is there a way to provide some indications in the stem that are indicative of
licensees are always required to comply with 3.0.3. Change the wording
                                                                                          a LOCA outside containment without telling them that the operators are in
S
                                                                                          ECA- 1.2 due to a WCA in the Aux Bid. Is there a less obvious way to
to: Required Actions ofLCO 3.0.3 are required to be performed, OR not
                                                                                          provide indications of abnormal radiation in the aux building - i.e. and
required to be performed. This will not change the meaning of what is
                                                                                          ala1111? Containment sump level added. OK MAB 02/04/2008
being asked, but it will be more direct and more technically correct to
                                                                                          The easiest fix for this question may be to use the two best answer choices
phrase the second part of each answer choice in this manner.
                                                                                          and then iterate on operator actions, etc. I.E. Iterate on ECA 1. I and E- I
Incorporated. MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                          AND then operator actions. Incorporated. MAB 02/04/2008
Delete the air pressure in the stem. The ala1111 annunciates, which is
                                                                                                                                                    Page 22 of29
enough to inform the operator that pressure is below 68 psig. Discuss with
licensee. Allowed air pressure to remain. OK MAB 02/0412008
The piece of each answer choice that discusses that fuel movement is
required to be suspended does not add value since it is the same in each
answer choice. The answer choices should only contain the information
needed to make them unique answer choices:
A.
ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLE until Train A
Containment Air Isolation Valve automatically closes, at which
time LCO 3.0.3 required actions would NOT be required to be
taken.
B.
ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLE until Train A
Containment Air Isolation Valve automatically closes, at which
time LCO 3.0.3 required actions would be required to be taken.
C.
Both trains of ABGTS would immediately be INOPERABLE
with the current conditions.
LCO 3.0.3 required actions would
NOT be required to be taken.
D.
Both trains of ABGTS would immediately be INOPERABLE
with the current conditions.
LCO 3.0.3 required actions would
be required to be taken
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
81
W/Ell
B
H
I-
x
X?
B
Be consistent with punctuation after bulleted items.
Fixed. MAB
G2.4.48
2
02/04/2008
S
Transfer to RHR containment sump is not plausible. The stem clearly
states that a LOCA Outside Containment is occurring. This distractor must
be replaced. Corrected. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Is there a way to provide some indications in the stem that are indicative of
a LOCA outside containment without telling them that the operators are in
ECA-1.2 due to a WCA in the Aux Bid. Is there a less obvious way to
provide indications ofabnormal radiation in the aux building - i.e. and
ala1111? Containment sump level added. OK MAB 02/04/2008
The easiest fix for this question may be to use the two best answer choices
and then iterate on operator actions, etc. I.E. Iterate on ECA 1.I and E- I
AND then operator actions. Incorporated. MAB 02/04/2008
Page 22 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#       KlA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                   Content Flaws   U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
                M 0 0 Stem Cues TIF   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q=     SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
                N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                 KIA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist       Dis!           B/W
KlA#
      -
B
                                                                                          Another possible fix may be to test procedure path for two transitions.
L
                                                                                          Operators would go to ECA-I.I, then to ...
L
                                                                                          Distractors revised. OK MAB 02/0412008
Psychometric Flaws
82     W/EI2   B H 2                       x                                           E Questions testing knowledge of what operators "should" do are too
Content Flaws
      G2.I.32                                                                             ambiguous to ask. Questions must ask what operators are required to do.
U
                                                                                        S This may just be a phrasing issue with the question statement, but
Comment
                                                                                          questions need to test requirements.
M
                                                                                          Corrected. OK MAB 02/0412008
0
                                                                                          Distractor "B": Not plausible because there is not a credible
0
                                                                                          misconception that could lead an applicant to stop terminating SI but
Stem
                                                                                          remain in the same procedure. At least with the procedure transition they
Cues
                                                                                          need to evaluate if they are to stop the SI termination in order to make the
TIF
                                                                                          transition. Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
1 Non
                                                                                          Modify the stem slightly to place the operators at Step 14 where they are
>1 Non
                                                                                          monitoring for SI termination criteria and provide them the criteria that are
Partial
                                                                                          indicative of them proceeding to step 15. Answer choices could be
Min
                                                                                          something like:
Q=
                                                                                                A. Terminate SI in ECA-2. I, then transition to E-2
SRO
                                                                                                B. Transition to E-2, then terminate SI
E
                                                                                                C.   Remain in ECA-2. I. SI termination criteria are not currently
Explanation
                                                                                                      met.
N
                                                                                                D. Transition to E-2, SI termination criteria are not currently met.
K
                                                                                          Discuss this option with licensee.
D
                                                                                          Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Focus
83   003G2.2.22 N F I                       x                 x                         .y Can the stem state that the control rod drops to the middle of the core?
Cred
                                                                                          Otherwise, a rod dropping to the bottom makes "B" non-plausible because
Cred
                                                                                        S there would not be any axial concerns for a rod that falls to the bottom.
KIA
                                                                                          Added. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Only
                                                                                          "D" is a correct statement and could successfully be argued as correct by
S
                                                                                          an applicant. The accident analysis will remain valid at 75% power.
Dist
                                                                                          Corrected. MAB 02/0412008
Dis!
                                                                                          Is there a more specific option to use for "A"? Any reactivity 1 power
B/W
                                                                                          redistribution issue is going to be a fuel integrity concern.
-
                                                                                          "A" allowed to remain. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Another possible fix may be to test procedure path for two transitions.
                                                                                          A more specific choice for "A" and replacement of"D" could result in a
Operators would go to ECA-I.I, then to ...
                                                                                          satisfactory question. "D" revised and "A" allowed to remain with the
Distractors revised. OK MAB 02/0412008
                                                                                          other changes made to the question. OK MAB 0210412008
82
                                                                                                                                                    Page 23 of29
W/EI2
B
H
2
x
E
Questions testing knowledge of what operators "should" do are too
G2.I.32
ambiguous to ask. Questions must ask what operators are required to do.
S
This may just be a phrasing issue with the question statement, but
questions need to test requirements.
Corrected. OK MAB 02/0412008
Distractor "B": Not plausible because there is not a credible
misconception that could lead an applicant to stop terminating SI but
remain in the same procedure. At least with the procedure transition they
need to evaluate ifthey are to stop the SI termination in order to make the
transition. Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
Modify the stem slightly to place the operators at Step 14 where they are
monitoring for SI termination criteria and provide them the criteria that are
indicative of them proceeding to step 15. Answer choices could be
something like:
A.
Terminate SI in ECA-2. I, then transition to E-2
B.
Transition to E-2, then terminate SI
C.
Remain in ECA-2. I. SI termination criteria are not currently
met.
D.
Transition to E-2, SI termination criteria are not currently met.
Discuss this option with licensee.
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
83
003G2.2.22
N
F
I
x
x
.y
Can the stem state that the control rod drops to the middle ofthe core?
Otherwise, a rod dropping to the bottom makes "B" non-plausible because
S
there would not be any axial concerns for a rod that falls to the bottom.
Added. OK MAB 02/04/2008
"D" is a correct statement and could successfully be argued as correct by
an applicant. The accident analysis will remain valid at 75% power.
Corrected. MAB 02/0412008
Is there a more specific option to use for "A"? Any reactivity 1power
redistribution issue is going to be a fuel integrity concern.
"A" allowed to remain. OK MAB 02/04/2008
A more specific choice for "A" and replacement of"D" could result in a
satisfactory question.
"D" revised and "A" allowed to remain with the
other changes made to the question. OK MAB 0210412008
Page 23 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KiA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q=       SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KiA     Ouly S
Q#
                                        Dist       Dist           B/W
KiA#
84   005AA2.03 N H 2                                         X                       X .y Delete "causing a runback from the stem". Applicants should have
B
                                                                                            enough information with the plant at 86% and a MFP trip to understand
L
                                                                                          S that a runback will occur. Discuss with licensee to ensure that this is the
L
                                                                                            case.
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                            Deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Content Flaws
                                                                                            Is second bullet worded corrected?
U
                                                                                            Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
Comment
                                                                                            Not SRO-only knowledge: ROs are required to know reactor trip criteria.
M
                                                                                            Q revised and allowed for SRO due to location of trip criteria. MAB
0
                                                                                            02/04/2008
0
                                                                                            Is "D" a subset of "C"? Is (ripping the reactor a means of removing the
Stem
                                                                                            Unit from service within 6 hours? This may be able to be alleviated by
Cues
                                                                                            changing the wording of the question to ask for the specific requirements
T/F
                                                                                            as stated in AOP-C.OI. Corrected. MAB 02/0412008
1 Non
85   051AA2.02 M H 2                                                                   X .y Is second bullet worded correctly? Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
>1 Non
                                                                                          S Delete all unnecessary information in answer choices. In other words,
Partial
                                                                                            delete the information that is not needed to make the answer choices
Min
                                                                                            unique. All of the extraneous procedure entry information is not needed to
Q=
                                                                                            make the answer choice unique. I.E.:
SRO
                                                                                                  A. Manual turbine trip criteria is currently met.
E
                                                                                                  B. Manual reactor trip criteria is currently met.
Explanation
                                                                                                  C. Manual turbine trip criteria will be met if condenser pressure
N
              I                                                                                         exceeds 2.7 psia and cannot be restored within 5 minutes.
K
                                                                                                  D. Manual turbine trip criteria will be met if condenser pressure
D
                                                                                                        exceeds 2.7 psia and cannot be restored within 5 minutes.
Focus
                                                                                            Extra info deleted from answer choices. MAB 02/0412008
Cred
                                                                                            Question should be worded in the plural fonn. Currently it is worded for
Cred
                                                                                            singular (or plural), but each answer choice has more than one item.
KiA
                                                                                            Corrected. MAB 02/0412008
Ouly
                                                                                            Not SRO-only: Reactor Trip criteria is RO knowledge. The above
S
                                                                                            comments will be irrelevant unless the SRO-only issue is corrected.
Dist
                                                                                            (G2.1.7 and G2.4.l have RO IRs of3.7 and 4.3 respectively)
Dist
                                                                                            Allowed for SRO exam due to knowledge of being able to stay in AOP to
B/W
                                                                                            address vacuum problem for 5 minutes. MAB 02/04/2008
84
86     W/E02   N H I                                 x                                   .y Should "Safety" be capitalized in second bullet? "Injection" is also now
005AA2.03
      EA2.2                                                                                 capitalized. OK MAB 02/04/2008
N
                                                                                          S
H
                                                                                            "B" and "D": This reviewer does not understand how the conditions in the
2
                                                                                                                                                    Page 24 of29
X
X
.y
Delete "causing a runback from the stem".
Applicants should have
enough information with the plant at 86% and a MFP trip to understand
S
that a runback will occur. Discuss with licensee to ensure that this is the
case.
Deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Is second bullet worded corrected?
Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
Not SRO-only knowledge: ROs are required to know reactor trip criteria.
Q revised and allowed for SRO due to location oftrip criteria. MAB
02/04/2008
Is "D" a subset of"C"? Is (ripping the reactor a means of removing the
Unit from service within 6 hours? This may be able to be alleviated by
changing the wording of the question to ask for the specific requirements
as stated in AOP-C.OI. Corrected. MAB 02/0412008
85
051AA2.02
M
H
2
X
.y
Is second bullet worded correctly? Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
S
Delete all unnecessary information in answer choices. In other words,
delete the information that is not needed to make the answer choices
unique.
All ofthe extraneous procedure entry information is not needed to
make the answer choice unique. I.E.:
A.
Manual turbine trip criteria is currently met.
B.
Manual reactor trip criteria is currently met.
C.
Manual turbine trip criteria will be met ifcondenser pressure
I
exceeds 2.7 psia and cannot be restored within 5 minutes.
D.
Manual turbine trip criteria will be met ifcondenser pressure
exceeds 2.7 psia and cannot be restored within 5 minutes.
Extra info deleted from answer choices. MAB 02/0412008
Question should be worded in the plural fonn. Currently it is worded for
singular (or plural), but each answer choice has more than one item.
Corrected. MAB 02/0412008
Not SRO-only: Reactor Trip criteria is RO knowledge. The above
comments will be irrelevant unless the SRO-only issue is corrected.
(G2.1.7 and G2.4.l have RO IRs of3.7 and 4.3 respectively)
Allowed for SRO exam due to knowledge of being able to stay in AOP to
address vacuum problem for 5 minutes. MAB 02/04/2008
86
W/E02
N
H
I
x
.y
Should "Safety" be capitalized in second bullet? "Injection" is also now
EA2.2
capitalized. OK MAB 02/04/2008
S
"B" and "D": This reviewer does not understand how the conditions in the
Page 24 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     V                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
                M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q~     SRO E                                     Explanation
Form ES-401-9
                N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KIA     Only S
Q#
                                          Dist       Dist           B/W
KlA#
                                                                                              stem result in LCO 3.0.3 being plausible. There is not a reasonable
B
                                                                                              misconception that would lead an applicant to thinking that LCO 3.0.3.
L
                                                                                              Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
L
                                                                                              "C" and "0": Nothing has really occurred in the stem except for an
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                              inadvertent SI. There is no reasonable misconception that would lead an
Content Flaws
                                                                                              applicant to E-I for a LOCA.
V
                                                                                              Condition in the stem revised and distractors changed. OK.MAB
Comment
                                                                                              02/04/2008
M
                                                                                              TIle lack of plausibility in the distractors results in an LOD= I, which does
0
                                                                                              not allow this question to discriminate between a competent and less than
0
                                                                                              competent SRO. Q revised to bring to acceptable level. OK MAB
Stem
                                                                                              02/0412008
Cues
87     W/EI6   M H 2                                                                 x   B Can "The reactor is in Mode 6 with" be deleted from first bullet?
T/F
      G2.2.31                                                                             2 Deleted. MAB 02/0412008
1 Non
                                                                                            S Not SRO-only: ROs are licensed to move fuel and therefore are required
>1 Non
                                                                                              to know how to handle a loss of refueling water event. TIns is snpported
Partial
                                                                                              by KIA 036AAI.04, which has an RO IR of 3.7. Lowering water level is a
Min
                                                                                              fuel handling incident, which is supported by AOP-M.04, Refueling
Q~
                                                                                              Malfunctions. See comment below. OK MAB 02/0412008
SRO
                                                                                              This was a modified question. TIle reviewer would like to see a copy of
E
                                                                                              the source question, from which this one was modified. Provided. MAB
Explanation
                                                                                              02/0412008
N
                                                                                              Do ROs currently move fuel at SQ? Ifnot, when was the last time an RO
K
                                                                                              moved irradiated fuel at SQ? Is there an SRO-only leaming objective to
D
                                                                                              support tins being SRO-only knowledge? Based on the above reasoning
Focus
                                                                                              tins falls into the category of an RO question; however, if sufficient
Cred
                                                                                              justification can be provided it may be permissible to allow this on the
Cred
                                                                                              SRO exam.
KIA
                                                                                              Licensee provided sufficient justification for SRO only level. MAB
Only
                                                                                              02/04/2008
S
88   008A2.09 M H 2                                                                 x   :y Reactor Physics and systems knowledge are the only requirements for
Dist
                                                                                              answering this question. Plant response to a controller failure is systems
Dist
                                                                                            S knowledge that is required of an RO. Determining whether a temp change
B/W
                                                                                              adds positive or negative reactivity is basic GFE reactor physics
stem result in LCO 3.0.3 being plausible. There is not a reasonable
                                                                                              knowledge. This question can be answered only by knowing GFE
misconception that would lead an applicant to thinking that LCO 3.0.3.
                                                                                              knowledge. No SRO-only knowledge is required to answer this question.
Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008
                                                                                              Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
"C" and "0": Nothing has really occurred in the stem except for an
89   0IOG2.4.38 N F I                                 x                                   :y "A" and "0": 5 minutes is not plausible. Leading to a LOD I.
inadvertent SI. There is no reasonable misconception that would lead an
                                                                                                                                                        Page 25 of29
applicant to E-I for a LOCA.
Condition in the stem revised and distractors changed. OK.MAB
02/04/2008
TIle lack of plausibility in the distractors results in an LOD= I, which does
not allow this question to discriminate between a competent and less than
competent SRO. Q revised to bring to acceptable level. OK MAB
02/0412008
87
W/EI6
M
H
2
x
B
Can "The reactor is in Mode 6 with" be deleted from first bullet?
G2.2.31
2
Deleted. MAB 02/0412008
S
Not SRO-only: ROs are licensed to move fuel and therefore are required
to know how to handle a loss ofrefueling water event.
TIns is snpported
by KIA 036AAI.04, which has an RO IR of 3.7. Lowering water level is a
fuel handling incident, which is supported by AOP-M.04, Refueling
Malfunctions.
See comment below. OK MAB 02/0412008
This was a modified question. TIle reviewer would like to see a copy of
the source question, from which this one was modified. Provided. MAB
02/0412008
Do ROs currently move fuel at SQ? Ifnot, when was the last time an RO
moved irradiated fuel at SQ?
Is there an SRO-only leaming objective to
support tins being SRO-only knowledge? Based on the above reasoning
tins falls into the category of an RO question; however, ifsufficient
justification can be provided it may be permissible to allow this on the
SRO exam.
Licensee provided sufficient justification for SRO only level. MAB
02/04/2008
88
008A2.09
M
H
2
x
:y
Reactor Physics and systems knowledge are the only requirements for
answering this question. Plant response to a controller failure is systems
S
knowledge that is required of an RO. Determining whether a temp change
adds positive or negative reactivity is basic GFE reactor physics
knowledge. This question can be answered only by knowing GFE
knowledge. No SRO-only knowledge is required to answer this question.
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008
89
0IOG2.4.38
N
F
I
x
:y
"A" and "0": 5 minutes is not plausible. Leading to a LOD
I.
Page 25 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                           Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                                Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#     B L L           Psvchometric Flaws                   Content Flaws   U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
                  M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q=     SRO E                                     Explanation
Form ES-401-9
                  N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                 KIA     Only S
Q#
                                            Dist       Dist           B/W
KlA#
                                                                                            Q revised to address concern. OK MAE 02/0412008
B
                                                                                          S
L
                                                                                            Question LOD would be acceptable if the acceptable ODS notification
L
                                                                                            requirement is tested, instead of the 15 minute to declare. Test whether the
Psvchometric Flaws
                                                                                            requirement to notify ODS is 5 minutes from the event or 5 minutes from
Content Flaws
                                                                                            making the declaration. This will test knowledge of whether the ODS
U
                                                                                            notification is required to be made prior to or after event declaration.
Comment
                                                                                            Incorporated. OK MAB 02/0412008
M
90   013A2.05   N H 2                                                               x Y Question is not SRO-only: Can this question be answered using only
0
                                                                                            systems knowledge? The first piece of each answer choice can be
0
                                                                                          S answered by knowing what the cause of the condition could be, which is
Stem
                                                                                            systems knowledge. This limits the potential answer choices to "C" and
Cues
                                                                                            "D" using RO knowledge. Applicants can also determine that the pumps
T/F
                                                                                            will not start manually based on the physical configuration of the plant, I.E.
1 Non
                                                                                            systems knowledge. Therefore, this question can be answered by an
>1 Non
                                                                                            applicant without needing to use any SRO-only level knowledge.
Partial
                                                                                            Concerns addressed. Distractors and stem revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
Min
91   103G2.2.l4   N F 2                                                                   S Tie the second half of the question to the procedure just as you did with
Q=
                                                                                            when Containment Closure Control is required to be implemented. I.E .
SRO
                                                                                            . . .who will maintain the listing of the Containment Closure Exceptions in
E
                                                                                            effect in accordance with 0-GO-15.
Explanation
                                                                                            Incorporated, MAB 02/04/2008
N
92   029G2.4.46   N H 3                                               x               x? E Question is backward logic. This is discouraged by NUREG-I 021;
K
                ,                                                                         :1 however, it is not prohibited. Licensee does not need to address this
D
                                                                                            comment if they are satisfied with their applicants receiving this question.
Focus
                                                                                          S Noted. MAB 02/04/2008
Cred
                                                                                            Can "B" be eliminated using systems knowledge? Will ABI result in an
Cred
                                                                                            auto shutdown of Unit I containment purge when ORA-90-10IA alarms
KIA
                                                                                            with Unit I Lower Containment Purge in progress? Discuss with licensee.
Only
                                                                                            This will determine the status of the question.
S
                                                                                            ABI will not auto SID UI purge. After discussion with licensee, Q is OK.
Dist
                                                                                            MAB 02/0412008
Dist
93   034A2.02   N F 2                       x                                           E "B": Rad Control Manager is not plausible because this is not an irradiated
B/W
                                                                                            fuel bundle. Contamination and exposure should not be a concern.
Q revised to address concern. OK MAE 02/0412008
                                                                                          S Fixed. MAB 02/0412008
S
                                                                                            Consider the following changes:
Question LOD would be acceptable if the acceptable ODS notification
                                                                                                . Per AOP-M.04, which one of the following correctly describes the
requirement is tested, instead ofthe 15 minute to declare. Test whether the
                                                                                            lowest level of approval required for approval of recovery instructions?
requirement to notify ODS is 5 minutes from the event or 5 minutes from
                                                                                                    A. Refueling SRO
making the declaration. This will test knowledge of whether the ODS
                                                                                                    B. Shift Manager
notification is required to be made prior to or after event declaration.
                                                                                                                                                      Page 26 of29
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/0412008
90
013A2.05
N
H
2
x
Y
Question is not SRO-only: Can this question be answered using only
systems knowledge?
The first piece of each answer choice can be
S
answered by knowing what the cause ofthe condition could be, which is
systems knowledge. This limits the potential answer choices to "C" and
"D" using RO knowledge. Applicants can also determine that the pumps
will not start manually based on the physical configuration of the plant, I.E.
systems knowledge. Therefore, this question can be answered by an
applicant without needing to use any SRO-only level knowledge.
Concerns addressed. Distractors and stem revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008
91
103G2.2.l4
N
F
2
S
Tie the second halfof the question to the procedure just as you did with
when Containment Closure Control is required to be implemented. I.E.
...who will maintain the listing ofthe Containment Closure Exceptions in
effect in accordance with 0-GO-15.
Incorporated, MAB 02/04/2008
92
029G2.4.46
N
H
3
x
x?
E
Question is backward logic. This is discouraged by NUREG-I 021;
,
:1
however, it is not prohibited. Licensee does not need to address this
comment if they are satisfied with their applicants receiving this question.
S
Noted. MAB 02/04/2008
Can "B" be eliminated using systems knowledge? Will ABI result in an
auto shutdown of Unit I containment purge when ORA-90-10IA alarms
with Unit I Lower Containment Purge in progress? Discuss with licensee.
This will determine the status of the question.
ABI will not auto SID UI purge. After discussion with licensee, Q is OK.
MAB 02/0412008
93
034A2.02
N
F
2
x
E
"B": Rad Control Manager is not plausible because this is not an irradiated
fuel bundle. Contamination and exposure should not be a concern.
S
Fixed. MAB 02/0412008
Consider the following changes:
. Per AOP-M.04, which one ofthe following correctly describes the
lowest level ofapproval required for approval ofrecovery instructions?
A.
Refueling SRO
B.
Shift Manager
Page 26 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                            Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KlA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cnes T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q~       SRO E                                   Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KIA       Only S
Q#
                                        Dist       Dist           B/W
KlA#
                                                                                                  C.   Operations Manager
B
                                                                                                  D. Plant Manager
L
                                                                                            Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
L
94   G2.1.12 N H 2                                                                       S Is second bullet worded correctly? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Psychometric Flaws
        REF                                                                                 Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
Content Flaws
95   G2.1.33 N H 2                                                         x           :y KIA Match: The KIA requires that tech spec entry conditions are tested.
U
                                                                                            This question skips that part and then tests the actions that are required
Comment
                                                                                          S once the tech spec is entered.
M
                                                                                            Q revised. OK MAB 02/0412008
0
                                                                                            TIle stem does not even state that fuel is being moved; therefore, stopping
0
                                                                                            fuel movement does not appear like a reasonable answer.
Stem
                                                                                            Answer choices revised. OK MAB 02/05/2008
Cnes
                                                                                            Question is disjointed. "A" and "B" are testing knowledge of mode change
T/F
                                                                                            requirements and "C" and "D' are testing knowledge of fuel movement
1 Non
                                                                                            requirements. This is not the reason the question is unsat, but simply an
>1 Non
                                                                                            observation.
Partial
                                                                                            Answer choices revised. OK MAB 02/0512008
Min
96   G2.2.8   B F 2                                                                     .g Consider wording the Q as follows:
Q~
                                                                                            Which one of the following correctly describes the MINIMUM required
SRO
                                                                                          S qualifications for the person(s) PREPARING the safety evaluation
E
                                                                                            paperwork in accordance with SPP-9.4, IOCFR50.59 Evaluations of
Explanation
          I                                                                                Changes, Tests, and Experiments?
N
                                                                                            Incorporated. OK MAB 02/0512008
K
97   G2.3.l   B H 2                                                                     .g The topic and construction of the question is satisfactory, There are
D
                                                                                            concems with the wording of the "Why" column choice for "A" and "B".
Focus
                                                                                          S Where is "maintain critical safety function" defined? Would it be wrong
Cred
                                                                                            for an applicant to believe that the emergency exposure would be needed to
Cred
                                                                                            prevent the conditions from elevating beyond Yellow? Discuss with
KIA
                                                                                            licensee.
Only
                                                                                            Q replaced. OK MAB 02/05/2008
S
98   G2.3.6   M F 2                       x                                             .g Tie the question to the procedure, I.E.: Which one ofthe following .     ....
Dist
                                                                                            in accordance with "procedure name and number"?
Dist
                                                                                          S Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008
B/W
                                                                                            Be a little more precise with the first piece of each answer choice. I.E.
C.
                                                                                            Approval not permitted. I Approval is permitted.
Operations Manager
                                                                                            The above suggestion is a little more accurate because the SRO could just
D.
                                                                                            choose to not sign it, which is neither disapproving or approving. The
Plant Manager
                                                                                                                                                      Page 27 of29
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008
94
G2.1.12
N
H
2
S
Is second bullet worded correctly? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
REF
Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008
95
G2.1.33
N
H
2
x
:y
KIA Match: The KIA requires that tech spec entry conditions are tested.
This question skips that part and then tests the actions that are required
S
once the tech spec is entered.
Q revised. OK MAB 02/0412008
TIle stem does not even state that fuel is being moved; therefore, stopping
fuel movement does not appear like a reasonable answer.
Answer choices revised. OK MAB 02/05/2008
Question is disjointed. "A" and "B" are testing knowledge ofmode change
requirements and "C" and "D' are testing knowledge of fuel movement
requirements. This is not the reason the question is unsat, but simply an
observation.
Answer choices revised. OK MAB 02/0512008
96
G2.2.8
B
F
2
.g
Consider wording the Q as follows:
Which one ofthe following correctly describes the MINIMUM required
S
qualifications for the person(s) PREPARING the safety evaluation
I
paperwork in accordance with SPP-9.4, IOCFR50.59 Evaluations of
Changes, Tests, and Experiments?
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/0512008
97
G2.3.l
B
H
2
.g
The topic and construction of the question is satisfactory, There are
concems with the wording ofthe "Why" column choice for "A" and "B".
S
Where is "maintain critical safety function" defined? Would it be wrong
for an applicant to believe that the emergency exposure would be needed to
prevent the conditions from elevating beyond Yellow? Discuss with
licensee.
Q replaced. OK MAB 02/05/2008
98
G2.3.6
M
F
2
x
.g
Tie the question to the procedure, I.E.: Which one ofthe following . ....
in accordance with "procedure name and number"?
S
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008
Be a little more precise with the first piece of each answer choice. I.E.
Approval not permitted. I Approval is permitted.
The above suggestion is a little more accurate because the SRO could just
choose to not sign it, which is neither disapproving or approving. The
Page 27 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                              Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KiA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                     Content Flaws     U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non   Partial Min     Q=     SRO E                                     Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                   KiA     Only S
Q#
                                        Dist       Dist           BIW
KiA#
                                                                                              above wording covers all cases and speaks directly to the procedure
B
                                                                                              requirement.
L
                                                                                              Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008
L
                                                                                              Delete the last piece of"D": ", but dilution flow requirements are raised
Psychometric Flaws
                                                                                              due to the higher activity." This really does not add to plausibility because
Content Flaws
                                                                                              it is not needed to make the answer choice unique. If an applicant knows
U
                                                                                              whether the SM is required to approve, then this extraneous information is
Comment
                                                                                              not meaningful.
M
                                                                                              Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008
0
                                                                                              "B" is not plausible only because of the verbiage. There may be some
0
                                                                                              improper grammar, which is easily fixed. I.E.:
Stem
                                                                                                    B. Approval not permitted. Cannot release monitor tank until 0-
Cues
                                                                                                          RM-90-122 has been retnmed to OPERABLE status.
T/F
                                                                                              Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008
1 Non
                                                                                              What does "two independent discharge valve lineups" mean? Wording
>1 Non
                                                                                              must be precise and reflect exactly what the procedures require. Do two
Partial
                                                                                              lineups need to be performed? Is one lineup performed and then it is
Min
                                                                                              independently verified?
Q=
                                                                                              Answer choices modified. OK MAB 02/05/2008
SRO
                                                                                              ODCM states that two qualified staff members independently verify
E
                                                                                              release rate calculations. The answer choices in the questions states that 2
Explanation
                                                                                              release rate calculations are verified. I am not sure that these requirements,
N
                                                                                              as stated, are exactly the same. Discuss with licensee.
K
                                                                                ,             Answer choices modified. OK MAB 02/05/2008
D
99   G2.4.9   B H 2                                 x                               x   lei Not SRO-only: Knowing how to recognize pump cavitation and the
Focus
                                                                                              actions to take to mitigate the cavitation is RO required knowledge.
Cred
                                                                                          S Knowing that dilution is not permitted is also RO required knowledge.
Cred
                                                                                              All I hour and less tech specs are RO knowledge.
KiA
                                                                                              Equipment protection actions are also RO knowledge.
Only
                                                                                              Through discussion with licensee, CE allowed Q to remain. OK MAB
S
                                                                                              0210512008
Dist
                                                                                              There are also plausibility concerns with taking suction from VCT with
Dist
                                                                                              boron too low. This point is inconsequential due to the question not being
BIW
                                                                                              written at the SRO level.
above wording covers all cases and speaks directly to the procedure
                                                                                              Through discussion with licensee, CE allowed distractors to remain. OK
requirement.
                                                                                              MAB 02/05/2008
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008
100   G2.4.49 N H 2                                                                 x   lei "Shutdown Boards Energized" is not an action, it is a statement of fact. -
Delete the last piece of"D": ", but dilution flow requirements are raised
                                                                                              Similar comment for "Safety Injection Actuated".
due to the higher activity."
                                                                                          S Q replaced. OK MAB 02/05/2008
This really does not add to plausibility because
                                                                                                                                                      Page 28 of29
it is not needed to make the answer choice unique. If an applicant knows
whether the SM is required to approve, then this extraneous information is
not meaningful.
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008
"B" is not plausible only because ofthe verbiage. There may be some
improper grammar, which is easily fixed. I.E.:
B.
Approval not permitted. Cannot release monitor tank until 0-
RM-90-122 has been retnmed to OPERABLE status.
Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008
What does "two independent discharge valve lineups" mean? Wording
must be precise and reflect exactly what the procedures require. Do two
lineups need to be performed? Is one lineup performed and then it is
independently verified?
Answer choices modified. OK MAB 02/05/2008
ODCM states that two qualified staffmembers independently verify
release rate calculations. The answer choices in the questions states that 2
release rate calculations are verified. I am not sure that these requirements,
as stated, are exactly the same. Discuss with licensee.
,
Answer choices modified. OK MAB 02/05/2008
99
G2.4.9
B
H
2
x
x
lei
Not SRO-only: Knowing how to recognize pump cavitation and the
actions to take to mitigate the cavitation is RO required knowledge.
S
Knowing that dilution is not permitted is also RO required knowledge.
All I hour and less tech specs are RO knowledge.
Equipment protection actions are also RO knowledge.
Through discussion with licensee, CE allowed Qto remain. OK MAB
0210512008
There are also plausibility concerns with taking suction from VCT with
boron too low. This point is inconsequential due to the question not being
written at the SRO level.
Through discussion with licensee, CE allowed distractors to remain. OK
MAB 02/05/2008
100
G2.4.49
N
H
2
x
lei
"Shutdown Boards Energized" is not an action, it is a statement of fact. -
Similar comment for "Safety Injection Actuated".
S
Qreplaced. OK MAB 02/05/2008
Page 28 of29


ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Exam Review Worksheet                                                               Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9
                                                            Sequoyah 2008-301
Written Exam Review Worksheet
Q#     KiA#   B L L           Psychometric Flaws                  Content Flaws   U                                     Comment
Sequoyah 2008-301
              M 0 0 Stem Cues T/F   1 Non     >1 Non Partial Min     Q~     SRO E                                     Explanation
Form ES-401-9
              N K D Focus             Cred       Cred                 KiA     Only S
Q#
                                        Dist       Dist           B/W
KiA#
                                                                                        Not SRO-only: Knowing whether the status of the reactor and turbine is
B
                                                                                        systems knowledge, which is a required RO knowledge item. Knowing
L
                                                                                        that upon a reactor trip that E-O is entered is an RO knowledge item. This
L
                                                                                        is all that is needed to arrive at the correct answer.
PsychometricFlaws
                                                                                        Q revised/replaced to test SRO-only knowledge. OK MAB 02/05/2008
Content Flaws
                                                                                                                                                Page 29 of29
U
Comment
M
0
0
Stem
Cues
T/F
1 Non
>1 Non
Partial
Min
Q~
SRO
E
Explanation
N
K
D
Focus
Cred
Cred
KiA
Only
S
Dist
Dist
B/W
Not SRO-only: Knowing whether the status ofthe reactor and turbine is
systems knowledge, which is a required RO knowledge item. Knowing
that upon a reactor trip that E-Ois entered is an RO knowledge item. This
is all that is needed to arrive at the correct answer.
Qrevised/replaced to test SRO-only knowledge. OK MAB 02/05/2008
Page 29 of29


ES-403                             Written Examination Grading                         Form ES-403-1
ES-403
                                              Quality Checklist
Written Examination Grading
Facility:     ~E('OUD\(MA                 Date of Exam:   OJJoO ~B       Exam Level: ROIl     SRolro
Quality Checklist
                                                                                          Initials
Form ES-403-1
                                Item Description                                     a       b             c
Facility:
1.       Clean answer sheets copied before grading                               1JK.   NfIJ       Ifff3
~E('OUD\\(MA
2.       Answer key changes and question deletions justified
Date of Exam: OJJoO ~B
          and documented
Exam Level: ROIl SRolro
                                                                                  ?Jk.   flJIA       f}$
Initials
3.       Applicants' scores checked for addition errors
Item Description
          (reviewers spot check> 25% of examinations)                             sc        ~A ~
a
4.       Grading for all borderline cases (80 +/-2% overall and 70 or 80,
b
          as applicable, +/-4% on the SRO-only) reviewed in detail
c
                                                                                  ?1H. I'k /~           m>
1.
5.       All other failing examinations checked to ensure that grades
Clean answer sheets copied before grading
          are iustified
1JK.
                                                                                  ~      I~           rrfJ
NfIJ
                                                                                            ~
Ifff3
6.       Performance on missed questions checked for training
2.
          deficiencies and wording problems; evaluate validity                     ~        .~         n'1O
Answer key changes and question deletions justified
          of Questions missed by half or more of the applicants
?Jk.
                                              Printed Name/Signature                             Date
flJIA
a. Grader                         ~R.\AN{) ~~1&sect;.UdtL                                     z/I er!fJt
f}$
b. Facility Reviewer(*)                 N)A                               .                       N;/4
and documented
c. NRC Chief Examiner (*)         M"",       A,B~I;3,1//2i/}&#xa3;tp                         r:~I.l..ItJ.//J06'el
3.
d. NRC Supervisor (*)               /l.)jJ..UJJLJJ T lVfDj,).AA/A/ /   !1iJjJAfJft~         ozl'l/ItJ?
Applicants' scores checked for addition errors
                                                                      r     }{
sc
(*)     The facility reviewer's signature is not applicable for     ex~ations graded by the NRC;
~
          two independent NRC reviews are required.
~
                                            ES-403, Page 6 of 6
(reviewers spot check> 25% of examinations)
A
4.
Grading for all borderline cases (80 +/-2% overall and 70 or 80,
?1H.
I'k
m>
as applicable, +/-4% on the SRO-only) reviewed in detail
/~
5.
All other failing examinations checked to ensure that grades
~
I~
rrfJ
are iustified
6.
Performance on missed questions checked for training
~
~
n'1O
deficiencies and wording problems; evaluate validity
.~
of Questions missed by half or more of the applicants
Printed Name/Signature
Date
a. Grader
~R.\\AN{) ~~1&sect;.UdtL
z/I er!fJt
b. Facility Reviewer(*)
N)A
.
N;/4
c. NRC Chief Examiner (*)
M"", A,B~I;3,1//2i/}&#xa3;tp
r:~I.l..ItJ.//J06'el
d. NRC Supervisor (*)
/l.)jJ..UJJLJJ T lVfDj,).AA/A/ /
!1iJjJAfJft~
ozl'l/ItJ?
r
} {
(*)
The facility reviewer's signature is not applicable for ex~ations graded by the NRC;
two independent NRC reviews are required.
ES-403, Page 6 of 6


ES*S01                           Post-Examination Check Sheet                   Form ES-S01-1
ES*S01
                                  Post-Examination Check Sheet
Post-Examination Check Sheet
Facility: Sf::: (QU 0 \{ Vt If                      Date of Examination: -:Yt~u.e.,*.'(       0<005
Form ES-S01-1
                              Task Description                             Date Complete
Post-Examination Check Sheet
1.     Facility written exam comments or graded exams received
Facility:
        and verified complete                                                ();;'/Itt!JDG ~
Sf::: (QU 0\\{VtIf
2.     Facility written exam comments reviewed and incorporated
Date of Examination: -:Yt~u.e.,*.'(
                                                                              ()J. /1'-/ J ;)C'Cf C;;
0<005
        and NRC grading completed, if necessary
Task Description
3.     Operating tests graded by NRC examiners                             O?- ) ILl) Jtr/?
Date Complete
4.     NRC chief examiner review of operating test and written exam
1.
        grading completed
Facility written exam comments or graded exams received
                                                                              OJ!!41;}or/~
();;'/Itt!JDG ~
5.     Responsible supervisor review completed                             O;Z I;{ d;)C)O C?
and verified complete
6.     Management (licensing official) review completed                   o,,:2/;;q IJc;l1} ~
2.
7.     License and denial letters mailed                                   o2);) JdtJ{)~
Facility written exam comments reviewed and incorporated
8.     Facility notified of results                                       o;;;./~ J/?CJJ'?,
()J./1'-/J;)C'Cf C;;
9.     Examination report issued (refer to NRC MC 0612)                         jJ:i
and NRC grading completed, if necessary
                                                                            os .' :<oeJ g'
3.
10.     Reference material returned after final resolution of any appeals     Aliff
Operating tests graded by NRC examiners
                                      ES-501, Page 23 of 25
O?- ) ILl)Jtr/?
4.
NRC chief examiner review of operating test and written exam
OJ!!41;}or/~
grading completed
5.
Responsible supervisor review completed
O;Z I;{d;)C)O C?
6.
Management (licensing official) review completed
o,,:2/;;qIJc;l1} ~
7.
License and denial letters mailed
o2);) JdtJ{)~
8.
Facility notified of results
o;;;./~ J/?CJJ'?,
jJ:i
9.
Examination report issued (refer to NRC MC 0612)
os .' :<oeJg'
10.
Reference material returned after final resolution of any appeals
Aliff
ES-501, Page 23 of 25


        Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000
Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000
                                                                                Confidential information submitted
Confidential information submitted
                                                                                      under 10 CFR 2.390
under 10 CFR 2.390
        February 13, 2008
February 13, 2008
                                                                                                    10 CFR 55.40
10 CFR 55.40
        Dr. William D. Travers
Dr. William D. Travers
        Regional Administrator, Region II
Regional Administrator, Region II
        U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
        Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center
Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center
        61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85
61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85
        Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931
Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931
        Attention: Mr. M. T. Widmann
Attention: Mr. M. T. Widmann
        In the Matter of                                                                   Docket Nos. 50-327
In the Matter of
        Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA)                                                                  50-328
Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA)
        SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN) - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR
Docket Nos.
        OPERATOR INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301
50-327
        In accordance with Examination Standard (ES) 501, "Initial Post-Examination
50-328
        Activities," of NUREG-1 021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN) - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR
        Reactors," SON is providing the following information: written examination, examination
OPERATOR INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301
        answer key, ES 401-8, examination cover sheets, seating chart, student answer
In accordance with Examination Standard (ES) 501, "Initial Post-Examination
        sheets, and student clarifying questions.
Activities," of NUREG-1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power
        In accordance with 10 CFR 55.49, "Integrity of Examinations and Tests," and
Reactors," SON is providing the following information: written examination, examination
        NUREG-1 021, appropriate measures have been taken to ensure examination integrity
answer key, ES 401-8, examination cover sheets, seating chart, student answer
        and security. The Examination Security Agreement Form ES-201-3 will be provided
sheets, and student clarifying questions.
        following the post-examination signatures.
In accordance with 10 CFR 55.49, "Integrity of Examinations and Tests," and
        Because of the administratively confidential nature, it is requested that the information
NUREG-1021, appropriate measures have been taken to ensure examination integrity
        contained in the enclosure be withheld from public disclosure in accordance with
and security. The Examination Security Agreement Form ES-201-3 will be provided
        10 CFR 2.390(a)(6). This letter contains no new commitments. If you should have any
following the post-examination signatures.
        questions, please contact me at (423) 843-7170.
Because of the administratively confidential nature, it is requested that the information
        S. inc. e. relY,.         JI
contained in the enclosure be withheld from public disclosure in accordance with
              _~~Cff-------
10 CFR 2.390(a)(6). This letter contains no new commitments. If you should have any
      .. ~
questions, please contact me at (423) 843-7170.
.~;:::;?'-             J
S.inc.e.relY,. JI
.. ~
_~~Cff-------
.~;:::;?'-
J
,~ .. '~ames D. Smith
,~ .. '~ames D. Smith
        Manager, Site Licensing and
Manager, Site Licensing and
          Industry Affairs
Industry Affairs
        Enclosures
Enclosures
        Printed on recycled paper
Printed on recycled paper


  Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000
Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000
  December 5, 2007
December 5, 2007
  Dr. William D. Travers
Dr. William D. Travers
  Regional Administrator, Region II
Regional Administrator, Region II
  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
  Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center
Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center
  61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85
61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85
  Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931
Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931
  Attention: Mr. M. T. Widmann
Attention: Mr. M. T. Widmann
  In the Matter of                                                                     Docket Nos. 50-327
In the Matter of
  Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA)                                                                 50-328
Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA)
  SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN) - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR
Docket Nos.
  OPERATOR INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301
50-327
50-328
(
(
  This letter transmits the requested information identified in NRC's letter to
  William R. Campbell dated August 3,2007, for the examinations to be administrated the
  weeks of January 28, 2008, and February 4, 2008.
  There are no commitments contained in this submittal. In accordance with 10 CFR 55.49
  and NUREG 1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors,"
  appropriate measures have been taken to ensure examination integrity and security.
  Accordingly, it is requested that this letter and the enclosed documents be withheld from
  public disclosure until the examinations are completed.
  TVA's principal contact regarding the license examinations is Tom Jones, SON Operations
  Training. Should you require additional information regarding this matter, please contact
  Mr. Jones at (423) 843-4206 or contact me at (423) 843-7170.
  Sincerely,
                        w.?~
  James D. Smith
  Manager, Site Licensing and
      Industry Affairs
  Enclosure
(
(
  Printed on recycled paper
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN) - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR
OPERATOR INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301
This letter transmits the requested information identified in NRC's letter to
William R. Campbell dated August 3,2007, for the examinations to be administrated the
weeks of January 28, 2008, and February 4, 2008.
There are no commitments contained in this submittal. In accordance with 10 CFR 55.49
and NUREG 1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors,"
appropriate measures have been taken to ensure examination integrity and security.
Accordingly, it is requested that this letter and the enclosed documents be withheld from
public disclosure until the examinations are completed.
TVA's principal contact regarding the license examinations is Tom Jones, SON Operations
Training. Should you require additional information regarding this matter, please contact
Mr. Jones at (423) 843-4206 or contact me at (423) 843-7170.
Sincerely,
w.?~
James D. Smith
Manager, Site Licensing and
Industry Affairs
Enclosure
Printed on recycled paper


  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
  Page 2
  December 5, 2007
  JWP:KTS
  cc:    L. E. Nicholson, BR 4X-C
          T. D. Wallace, STC 2H-SQN
          B. A. Wetzel, BR 4X-C
          EDMS, WT CA-K
  The information contained within this document is the Property of the Tennessee
( Valley Authority and has been determined to be sensitive. Any further distribution of
  its contents will be on a need to know basis only as determined by the originator of
  the document or the recipient.
                          SENSITIVE INFORMATION
(
(
  I:License\Operator license\2007\Requested information IR2008301
(
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
Page 2
December 5, 2007
JWP:KTS
cc:
L. E. Nicholson, BR 4X-C
T. D. Wallace, STC 2H-SQN
B. A. Wetzel, BR 4X-C
EDMS, WT CA-K
The information contained within this document is the Property of the Tennessee
Valley Authority and has been determined to be sensitive. Any further distribution of
its contents will be on a need to know basis only as determined by the originator of
the document or the recipient.
SENSITIVE INFORMATION
I:License\\Operator license\\2007\\Requested information IR2008301


                                    ENCLOSURE
                          TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
                        SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN)
                                    UNITS 1 AND 2
            OPERATING EXAMINATIONS FOR REACTOR OPERATOR (RO)
              AND SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR (SRO) CANDIDATES
  Written Examination - RO and SRO Portions Including Student Reference Material
  Question Development Reference Material for RO and SRO Written Examinations
  Job Performance Measures for RO and SRO examinations
  Four Simulator examinations
  ES-201-3 - Examination Security Agreement
  ES-301-2 - Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline
  ES-301-3 - Operating Test Quality Checklist
  ES-301-4 - Simulator Scenario Quality Checklist
  ES-301-5 - Transient and Event Checklist
  ES-301-6 - Competencies Checklist
  ES-401-6 - Written Examination Quality Checklist
(
(
(
(
ENCLOSURE
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN)
UNITS 1 AND 2
OPERATING EXAMINATIONS FOR REACTOR OPERATOR (RO)
AND SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR (SRO) CANDIDATES
Written Examination - RO and SRO Portions Including Student Reference Material
Question Development Reference Material for RO and SRO Written Examinations
Job Performance Measures for RO and SRO examinations
Four Simulator examinations
ES-201-3 - Examination Security Agreement
ES-301-2 - Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline
ES-301-3 - Operating Test Quality Checklist
ES-301-4 - Simulator Scenario Quality Checklist
ES-301-5 - Transient and Event Checklist
ES-301-6 - Competencies Checklist
ES-401-6 - Written Examination Quality Checklist


(
(
  Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000
Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000
  October 23, 2007
October 23, 2007
  Dr. William D. Travers
Dr. William D. Travers
  Regional Administrator, Region II
Regional Administrator, Region II
  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
  Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center
Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center
  61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85
61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85
  Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931
Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931
  Attention: Mr. M. T. Widmann
Attention: Mr. M. T. Widmann
  In the Matter of                                                                   Docket Nos. 50-327
In the Matter of
  Tennessee Valley Authority                                                                      50-328
Tennessee Valley Authority
  SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR
Docket Nos.
  INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301
50-327
(  As requested by NRC letter to TVA dated August 3,2007, this letter transmits the
50-328
  examination outlines identified in NRC's letter to William R. Campbell dated August 3,
  2007, for the examinations to be administrated the weeks of January 28, 2008 and
  February 4, 2008.
  There are no commitments contained in this submittal. In accordance with 10 CFR 55.49
  and NUREG 1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors,"
  appropriate measures have been taken to ensure examination integrity and security.
  Accordingly, it is requested that this letter and the enclosed documents be withheld from
  public disclosure until the examinations are completed.
  Please direct questions concerning this issue to me at (423) 843-7170.
  ~rzJ.~
  Glenn W. Morris
  Manager, Site Licensing and
        Industry Affairs
  Enclosure
(
(
  Printed on recycled paper
(
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR
INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301
As requested by NRC letter to TVA dated August 3,2007, this letter transmits the
examination outlines identified in NRC's letter to William R. Campbell dated August 3,
2007, for the examinations to be administrated the weeks of January 28, 2008 and
February 4, 2008.
There are no commitments contained in this submittal. In accordance with 10 CFR 55.49
and NUREG 1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors,"
appropriate measures have been taken to ensure examination integrity and security.
Accordingly, it is requested that this letter and the enclosed documents be withheld from
public disclosure until the examinations are completed.
Please direct questions concerning this issue to me at (423) 843-7170.
~rzJ.~
Glenn W. Morris
Manager, Site Licensing and
Industry Affairs
Enclosure
Printed on recycled paper


                                  ENCLOSURE
                      TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
                    SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN)
                                UNITS 1 AND 2
  The following are included in this enclosure:
  License Examination Outlines:
  ES-201-2 Examination Outline Quality Checklist
  ES-201-3 Examination Security Agreement
  ES-301-1 Administrative Topics JPM Outlines for RO and SRO exams
  ES-301-2 Control Room/In-Plant Systems JPM Outlines for RO and SRO exams
  ES-301-5 Transient and Event Checklist
  ES-D-1 Simulator Scenario Outlines for 4 scenarios
  ES-401-2 and 3 Written Exam Outlines for RO and SRO exams
  ES-401-4 Record of Rejected KlAs for RO and SRO exams
  Written Exam development methodology statement
(
(
ENCLOSURE
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN)
UNITS 1 AND 2
The following are included in this enclosure:
License Examination Outlines:
ES-201-2 Examination Outline Quality Checklist
ES-201-3 Examination Security Agreement
ES-301-1 Administrative Topics JPM Outlines for RO and SRO exams
ES-301-2 Control Room/In-Plant Systems JPM Outlines for RO and SRO exams
ES-301-5 Transient and Event Checklist
ES-D-1 Simulator Scenario Outlines for 4 scenarios
ES-401-2 and 3 Written Exam Outlines for RO and SRO exams
ES-401-4 Record of Rejected KlAs for RO and SRO exams
Written Exam development methodology statement


  Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000
Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000
  August 15,2007
August 15,2007
  Dr. William D. Travers
Dr. William D. Travers
  Regional Administrator, Region II
Regional Administrator, Region II
  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
  Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center
Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center
  61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85
61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85
  Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931
Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931
  Attention: Mr. R. C. Haag
Attention:
  In the Matter of                                                                     Docket Nos. 50-327
Mr. R. C. Haag
  Tennessee Valley Authority                                                                      50-328
In the Matter of
( SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR
Tennessee Valley Authority
  INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301
Docket Nos.
  As requested by Mark Bates of your staff, this letter transmits the written examination
50-327
  outlines identified in NRC's letter to William R. Campbell dated August 3, 2007, for the
50-328
  examinations to be administrated the week of January 28, 2008.
(
  Due to the administratively confidential nature of the enclosure, it is requested that the
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR
  information contained in the enclosure be withheld from public disclosure until after the
INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301
  examinations are complete.
As requested by Mark Bates of your staff, this letter transmits the written examination
  Please direct questions concerning this issue to me at (423) 843-7170.
outlines identified in NRC's letter to William R. Campbell dated August 3, 2007, for the
  ~ZuN.~
examinations to be administrated the week of January 28, 2008.
  Glenn W. Morris
Due to the administratively confidential nature of the enclosure, it is requested that the
  Manager, Site Licensing and
information contained in the enclosure be withheld from public disclosure until after the
      Industry Affairs
examinations are complete.
  Enclosure
Please direct questions concerning this issue to me at (423) 843-7170.
  Printed on recycled paper
~ZuN.~
Glenn W. Morris
Manager, Site Licensing and
Industry Affairs
Enclosure
Printed on recycled paper


  u.s. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
  Page 2
  August 15, 2007
  JWP:KTS
  cc:    R. H. Bryan, BR 4X-C
          T. D. Wallace, STC 2H-SQN
          EDMS, WTC A-K
  The information contained within this document is the Property of the Tennessee
  Valley Authority and has been determined to be sensitive. Any further distribution of
  its contents will be on a need to know basis only as determined by the originator of
  the document or the recipient.
(
(
                          SENSITIVE INFORMATION
u.s. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
  I:License\Operator license\2007\Exam outline IR2008301
Page 2
August 15, 2007
JWP:KTS
cc:
R. H. Bryan, BR 4X-C
T. D. Wallace, STC 2H-SQN
EDMS, WTC A-K
The information contained within this document is the Property of the Tennessee
Valley Authority and has been determined to be sensitive. Any further distribution of
its contents will be on a need to know basis only as determined by the originator of
the document or the recipient.
SENSITIVE INFORMATION
I:License\\Operator license\\2007\\Exam outline IR2008301


              ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE
    TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
    SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN)
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN)
            UNITS 1 AND 2
UNITS 1 AND 2
LICENSE WRITTEN EXAMINATION OUTLINES
LICENSE WRITTEN EXAMINATION OUTLINES
}}
}}

Latest revision as of 17:44, 14 January 2025

NRC Examination Report Nos. 05000327-08-301 and 05000328-08-301
ML080720485
Person / Time
Site: Sequoyah  Tennessee Valley Authority icon.png
Issue date: 01/31/2008
From: Widmann M
Division of Reactor Safety II
To:
References
Download: ML080720485 (59)


See also: IR 05000327/2008301

Text

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

ADMINISTRATIVE DOCUMENTS

(Yellow Paper)

E

P

.

C

ES-201-1/'

xam

reparation

hecklist

.

/

Exam Outline Quality Checklist. J:>:u=:

ES-201-2

Exam Security Agreement(s)

ES-201-3./

Administrative Topics Outline (Final)

ES-301-1 /

C~ntrol Room Systems & Facility Walk-through Test Outline

./

(Final)

ES-301-2

/

Operating Test Quality Check Sheet

ES-301-3

J

Simulator Scenario Quality Check Sheet

ES-301-4

8.

Transient and Event Checklist

.

9.

Competencies Checklist

.

10.

Written Exam Quality Check Sheet

.

I

ES-301-5

/

ES-301-6

.

/

ES-401-6

11.

Written Exam Review Worksheet

ES-401-9

12.

Written Exam Grading Quality Checklist

ES-403-1 ./

13.

Post-Exam Check Sheet

ES-501-1/'

14.

Facility Submittal Letter.s ( 0

SE{}uoyAH

oZO~8-JL)/

[]

~.

ES*201

Examination Preparation Checklist

Form ES*201*1

Facility:

<: lVlAO;! rW

Date of Examination: -:r4-N. &'OClC~

Developed by: Written - Facility ~NRC 0

II

Operating - Facility MNRC 0

Target

Chief

Date"

Task Description (Reference)

Examiner's

Initials

-180

1.

Examination administration date confirmed (C.1.a; C.2.a and b)

IJifS

-120

2.

NRC examiners and facility contact assigned (C.1.d; C.2.e)

r~

-120

3.

Facility contact briefed on security and other requirements (C.2.c)

r0kP

-120

4.

Corporate notification letter sent (C.2.d)

y11f>

[-90]

[5.

Reference material due (C.1.e; C.3.c; Attachment 3)]

!Y~

{-75}

6.

Integrated examination outline(s)due, including Forms ES-201-2, ES-201-3,

ES-301-1, ES-301-2, ES-301-5, ES-O-1's, ES-401-1/2, ES-401-3, and

~

ES-401-4, as applicable (C.1.e and f; C.3.d)

{-70}

{7.

Examination outline(s) reviewed by NRC and feedback provided to facility

tms

licensee (C.2.h; C.3.e)}

{-45}

8.

Proposed examinations (including written, walk-through JPMs, and

scenarios, as applicable), supporting documentation (including Forms

m$>

ES-301-3, ES-301-4, ES-301-5, ES-301-6, and ES-401-6, and any Form

ES-201-3 updates), and reference materials due (C.1.e, f, g and h; C.3.d)

-30

9.

Preliminary license applications (NRC Form 398's) due (C.1.1; C.2.g;

I~

ES-202)

-14

10.

Final license applications due and Form ES-201-4 prepared (C.1.1; C.2.i;

/I~

ES-202)

-14

11.

Examination approved by NRC supervisor for facility licensee review

}~

(C.2.h; C.3.f)

-14

12.

Examinations reviewed with facility licensee (C.1.j; C.2.f and h; C.3.g)

'rn!b

-7

13.

Writt~n exam~ons and oper~tests approved by NRC supervisor

(C.2.1; C.3.h)

-7

14.

Final applications reviewed; 1 or 2 (if >10) applications audited to confirm

flI4IP

qualifications / eligibility; and examination approval and waiver letters sent

(C.2.i; Attachment 5; ES-202, C.2.e; ES-204) ],w-s;..v--et'::,-,,) :2 G..K!~"""'-l.£v;....J

-7

15.

Proctoring/written exam administration guidelines reviewed

mrs

with facility licensee (C.3.k)

-7

16. Approved scenarios, job performance measures, and questions

~

distributed to NRC examiners (C.3.i)

  • Target dates are generally based on facility-prepared examinations and are keyed to the examination date

identified in the corporate notification letter. They are for planning purposes and may be adjusted on a case-by-

case basis in coordination with the facility licensee.

[Applies only] {Does not apply} to examinations prepared by the NRC.

ES-201, Page 25 of 28

ES*201

Examination Outline Quality Checklist

Form ES*201*2

c#

b'

a

~1ZJrwP

~7ZJIMP

-~ 'llJ r#b

Initials

Date of Examination: 1/;)..00?:j'

Task Description

d.

Assess whether the justifications for deselected or rejected KIA statements are appropriate.

a.

Verify that the outline(s) fit(s) the appropriate model, in accordance with ESA01.

f--.--*-*--------------------------------+--t-'-~+_~__11

b.

Assess whether the outline was systematically and randomly prepared in accordance with

--2..,,:cOon 0.1 of ES-401 ar:.d whether all KIA cateqories are appropriately sampled.

c.

Assess whether the outline over-emphasizes any systems, evolutions, or generic topics.

Item

I----+-*--------------------------------t-::..-j-..:;:--t-~I

1.

W

R

I

T

T

E

N

c.

To the extent possible, assess whether the outline(s) conform(s) with the qualitative

and quantitative criteria specified on Form ES-301-4 and described in Appendix D.

a.

Using Form E$-301-5, verify that the proposed scenario sets cover the required number

of normal evolutions, instrument and component failures, technical specifications,

and major transients.

f--*-------------'-----------------------;---;f-<--t---il

b.

Assess whether there are enough scenario sets (and spares) to test the projected number

and mix of applicants in accordance with the expected crew composition and rotation schedule

without compromising exam integrity, and ensure that each applicant can be tested using

at least one new or significantly modified scenario, that no scenarios are duplicated

from the applicants' audit test(s), and that scenarios will not be repeated on subsequent davs.

2.

I

M

U

L

A

To

R

s

Ir----I-*--*-~----------------------------_t_-+_-+--_il

3

W

I

T

a.

Verify that the systems walk-through outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-2:

(1)

the outlir&(s) contain(s) the required number of control room and in-plant tasks

distributed among the safety functions as specified on the form ./'

(2)

task repetition from the last two NRC examinations is within the limits specified on the fonrn ......

(3)

no tasks are duplicated from the applicants' audit test(s)./

1~."11

J fY\\tS

(4)

the number of flew or modified tasks meets or exceeds the minimums specified on the form ,/

.

/!II./ I

(5)

the number of alternate path, low-power, emergency, and RCA tasks meet the criteria.>

on the form.

-;~tZ..

Iv~

15 '1?J ifVIfJ

i1'~ 1lJ 1~

f0~'iv~

-j-:) 7lJ \\\\rR>

Assess whether the 10 CFR55,41 143 and 55,45 sampling is appropriate.

Assess whether the exam fits the appropriate job level (RO or SRO).

e.

Check the entire exam for balance of coverage.

d.

Check for duplication and overlap among exam sections.

b.

1-*-*-----------------....:..--:..-..:....:....:....:..-----------j-!:~+"u::.'9-'~-i1

c.

Ensure that KIA importance ratings (except for plant-specific priorities) are at least 2.5.

G

E

N

E

R

p.,

L

b.

Verify that the administrative outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-1:

(1)

the tasks are distributed among the topics as specified on the form ,./

(2)

at least one task is new or significantly modified ,./

(3)

no more than one task is repeated from the last two NRC licensing examinations ./'

c.

Determine if there are enough different outlines to test the projected number and mix

0/'

,..--.-

of applicants and ensure that no items are duplicated on subsequent days.

4.

R.

Assess whether plant-specific priorities (including PRA and IPE insights) are covered

in the appropriate exam sections.

Note:

Date

j 1/7(t/'8

I JI7/~

Q2 /0.4bM'-,

t'-7{l5'I",

a. Author

b. Facility Reviewer (')

c. NRC Chief Examiner (if)

d. NRC Supervisor

IJA.II'Fn..l./~\\nll.Uf..:,/

~

II-'

--Ifll.<::~~.,/Y 'L

  1. Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Colbmrr"C"; ctlref examiner concurrence required.
j,; >:>>.:,c,;c 'z... .,f<:'., ... ,'

",.; 11;;',;!:>;['

);V,':".

E8-201, Page 26 of 28

ES-201

Examination Outline Quality Checklist

DIll

7

Form ES-201-2

(

(

Facility:

Date of Examination:

Initials

Item

Task Description

b*

c#

a

1.

a.

Verify that the outline(s) fills) the appropriate model, in accordance with ES-401.

~ V

~

W

./

R

b.

Assess whether the outline was systematically and randomly prepared in accordance with

-IS .#J.... '01{S

I

Section 0.1 of ES-401 and whether all KiA cateqories are appropriately sampled.

T

Assess whether the outline over-emphasizes any systems, evolutions, or generic topics.

--1) .,~ *

T

c.

E

d.

Assess whether the justifications for deselected or rejected KiA statements are appropriate.

~ I-ra)

N

NJ6

2.

a.

Using Form ES-301-5, verify that the proposed scenario sets cover the required number

~ 1Y

of normal evolutions, instrument and component failures, technical specifications,

M$

S

and major transients.

I

M

b.

Assess whether there are enough scenario sets (and spares) to test the projected number

U

and mix of applicants in accordance with the expected crew composition and rotation schedule ~ ~ r1£

L

without compromising exam integrity, and ensure that each applicant can be tested using

A

at least one new or significantly modified scenario, that no scenarios are duplicated

T

from the applicants' audit testis). and that scenarios will notbe repeated on subsequent days.

0

c.

To the extent possible, assess whether the outline(s) conform(s) with the qualitative

p

R

and quantitative criteria specified on Form ES-301-4 and described in AppendiX2Ctt -tlcn

Irv ~

-

30

'

u.h

.~ w.A

,'U

wl-\\'

. L ioCe\\15E'e

YIlt!> ~

~ *td

t:S-

i-l.IWa.S""Y\\Df- s

~\\'

Lv. u..

{)IIVII~

W(V.[\\SI".fL "i-iAS

~,IA

~'1'v)k-\\t: .

3.

a.

Verify that the systems walk-through outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-2:

(1 )

the outline(s) contain(s) the required number of control room and in-plant tasks

W

distributed among the safety functions as specified on the form

r<<V

/

(2)

task repetition from the last two NRC examinations is within the limits specified on the form

76 rr

T

(3)

no tasks are duplicated from the applicants' audit testis)

(4)

the number of new or modified tasks meets or exceeds the minimums specified on the form

'*

(5)

the number of altemate path, low-power, emergency, and RCA tasks meet the criteria

on the form.

b.

Verify that the administrative outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-1:

(1 )

the tasks are distributed among the topics as specified on the form

7!J ~

(ff6

(2)

at least one task is new or significantly modified

(3)

no more than one task is repeated from the last two NRC licensinq examinations

c.

Determine if there are enough different outlines to test the projected number and mix

15,iJ ~

of applicants and ensure that no items are duplicated on subsequent days.

4.

a.

Assess whether plant-specific priorities (including PRA and IPE insights) are covered

76 ~ tI1t

in the appropriate exam sections.

G

b.

Assess whether the 10 CFR 55.41/43 and 55.45 sampling is appropriate.

.~ ~ tWP

E

N

c.

Ensure that KiA importance ratings (except for plant-specific priorities) are at least 2.5.

76 .<lJ ~

E

d.

Check for duplication and overlap among exam sections.

76 .<tJ ~

R

A

e.

Check the entire exam for balance of coverage.

76 4r/ \\'\\Xb

L

Assess whether the exam fits the appropriate job level (RO or SRO).

o>> ~v..I 'f\\\\t5

f.

7"1omitS -:s:::

Printed Na

...' JO

ioltcPJih

a. Author

O"V'" .:>

~

~~

b. Facility Reviewer (*)

TJJ& I""" "'~

0

cJA If.."

e,

/-- Y

"' r. trJ/

jV//? (07

c. NRC Chief Examiner (#)

M.AI\\~ A- 'B4-r£5 I ~ ~ L/ J O<.:t.':is

"'/fltlo7

d. NRC Supervisor

J IIUI'N 1.(1:\\\\IfT)dlHIi-! / tfb'

1

{I/N!lJ1

(

-,

r

....

Note:

  1. Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Coiwr;n "c"; chief examiner concurrence required.
  • ()(C~'h\\trl.s

CU'- i1cted

d'Y1

L1'Mf\\'\\eJ."\\1- 'S"'~-\\-.

ES-201, Page 25 of 27

ES-201

Examination Security Agreement

Form ES-201-3

1.

Pre-Examination

J/:< elog ike!

I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of ,7/?I/o(f

as of the

date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authorized

by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be

administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and

authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or

provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility

licensee's procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an

enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or

suggestions that examination security may have been compromised.

2.

Post-Examination

To the best of my kno~ledg2~1

id not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered

during the week(s) of !h9 -

i'~ O:9From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not

instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically

noted below and authorized by the NRC.

.

JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY

szl14E

DP~Tlo~

ES-201, Page 26 of 27

ES-201

Examination Security Agreement

Form ES-201-3

1.

Pre-Examination

/

/

I

I

'2.~{ o?f t"~v

I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of ;2./ 'lJ(0'if as of the

date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authorized

by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be

administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and

authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or

provide direct or indirect feedback).

Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility

licensee's procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an

enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or

suggestions that examination security may have been compromised.

2.

Post-Examination

To the best of my knowled~e I did not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered

during the week(s) of ~~ - Y'f'OG' From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not

instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically

noted below and authorized by the NRC.

JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY

kD

Ifo

~ogo

/20

ES-201, Page 26 of 27

DATE

SC-&>>fY#/

l:-£JOf"

ES~201

Examination See!~tl-A-8-ree-m-l!-n-t-F-crm-------------f-o-nn""(~s-2ft1*3

Pre-Exarnin:atfon

)!;z.r;/t;?

~wV

I ackrlo.edge that Ehave acquirHdspecialized knowledgeabout the-tIRe Ijc;ensing examillations t.cheduled for the week(s) of ?j~10 "l

as of the

date o.fmy signaturtr. I agree that I will no'! knowin{ly divulge any infurmation about these examinaoons to aly per-mns who haw not been authnrized

by the NRC chief examinet'". I urtde:rsland t'lat I ern £101to instruc;l. evaluate, or provide performeoce feedback 10thoseapj;li[;Clnls scheduled to be

admil'iisteled these licensing examinatlO1l$. from this dat.eunlil c:omplel:ion of examination administniliorl, except as specificalit noted oolow and

aultlorized byttle NRC (e.g., acting as a simt.Jator boot!

h 'Opef~or or eemmurlicatOl' is aooeptableif 111 iii indi\\lidLSlI does not select the fJainingCOnient or

llfovide direct a'" indirec1 feedback). Furthemllre. I aIrI aware of !tie physical security measures aJ1d rE!q\\lirernel11s (as documented fl the facjlil~

lit:erJsee's procecb'es) and understand thai vio!a1ionof the conditions of thks agreem enJ. mayrestflt in carnl!Dalion (If the elo:aminatioos and/or an

enfDlcement action agains1 me or lhefaGilitv licensee. Iw. immEdialelyreport to facility managemeritOf tire NRC chief examio@r 8rIY indications Dr

suggesfons that eKaminal~on o.ewrity may ha\\19 been compromised.

1.

2_

Post-E nmination

To tf1ebest of my lfficMtIedge. td id not divLIIgeto any un<llJthorlzed persons any irforrnatiQn ooncemiog the NRC Ii-cerlsing exarnillaticns admTiistered

dlJri1g the week(s) of

. From the dale that I entered into this sewlil1' agreemeflt unlil ttle compleliort of e:xami1ation admi1istratioo. rtid oot

instrudl. evaluale, or provide pelfurmance feedback m thase applicants who were administered these licensi"lg elC3minations, ext:ept as spef;ifically

noted beJow:and authorized by the NRC

.

ES-201, Page 26 of27



JOB rrns I RESPONSIBILITY

fS. \\J !ef'JPR

PRlmED!'WAE~

SIGNAT~

DJ}T~. ~."

T

{

VA E

TE

1:~s8'H M.$G..*Jb(

.f-~-Fli../L-:o,..t

=,-,_"L-J-=;;:..__~

__

Yf_

  • _~iLE:.!LQ.7~~Z* Jl oK

2.

---l.[~>--*-----

~_"

_

3.

.

--'-

_

4.

.

_

5.

.

_

6.

_

7.

_

a.

9.

--:.~

_

10.,

_

11.,

.

_

12.,

~__

13,,

_

14.

15_,-='


NOTES:

C

0-

ES-301

Administrative Topics Outline

Form ES-301-1

(

(

Facility:

Sequoyah 1 & 2

Ro9

Date of Examination:

1/2008

Examination Level (circle one):

Operating Test Number:

NRC

Administrative Topic

Type Code*

Describe activity to be performed

(see Note)

Conduct of Operations

2.1.1

Knowledge of conduct of operations requirements. (CFR:

N,R

41.10/45.13)

3.7/3.8

Determine license status

Active / Inactive

Conduct of Operations

2.1.33

Ability to recognize indications for system operating

parameters which are entry-level conditions for technical

D,S

specifications. (CFR: 43.2 /43.3/45.3)

3.4 / 4.0

Perform Shift Log SI-2 SG Level Instrumentation (JPM

176)

2.2.18

Knowledge of the process for managing maintenance

Equipment Control

activities during shutdown operations.

N,R

(CFR: 43.5/45.13)

3.6

Containment Closure Time

Radiation Control

2.3.10

Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of

radiation and guard against personnel exposure. (CFR:

D,R

43.4 / 45.10)

2.9/3.3

Survey Map (JPM 166)

Emergency Plan

2.4.41

Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and

classifications.(CFR: 43.5/45.11)

4.1

D,S

Classify the REP Degraded Core with Possible Loss of

Coolable Geometry and Likely Cntmt Failure (JPM 109)

NOTE:

All items (5 total are required for SROs.

RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are retaking

only the administrative topics, when 5 are required.

  • Type Codes & Criteria:

(C)ontrol room

Class(R)oom

(D)irect from bank (:S: 3 for ROs; :s: for SROs & RO retakes)

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank (> 1)

(P)revious 2 exams (:S: 1; randomly selected)

(S)imulator

NUREG-1021

Revision 9

ES-301

Administrative Topics Outline

SRO Admin JPM Summary

Form ES-301-1

(

A1a

The applicant will evaluate the status of licensed operators work history to determine if license is active or

inactive.

A1b

The applicant will be required to recognize a required Technical Specification entry while completing and a

portion of the daily shift surveillance instruction.

A2

The applicant will evaluate a request to open a containment penetration during a refuel outage and determine

the requirements.

A3

The applicant will use a survey map to determine anti-contamination clothing requirements, stay time, and

radiation levels in area.

A4

The applicant will evaluate conditions for entry into the E-Plan, determine the proper classification, protection

action recommendation, and make required notifications.

NUREG-1021

Revision 9

ES-301

Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline

Form ES-301-2

(

Facility:

Sequoyah 1 & 2

Date of Examination:

1/2008

-

Exam Level (circle one):

R~SRO~I SRO (U)

Operating Test No.:

NRC

Control Room Systems@ (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-U, including 1 ESF)

System I JPM Title

Type Code*

Safety

Function

a.

W/E14 High Containment Pressure

(EA-1.1 )

3.7 I 3.7

D,A,S

5

Respond to High Containment Pressure (JPM 057AP1)

b.

003 Reactor Coolant Pump System

(A2.01 )

3.5 I 3.9

N,L,S

4P

Respond to a #1 RCP Seal Failure

c.

001 Control Rod Drive System

(A3.05)

3.5 I 3.5

M,A,L,S

1

Shutdown Bank Withdrawal

d.

004 Chemical and Volume Control System (A4.06)

3.6 13.1

N,L,S

2

Fill and Vent Excess Letdown

e.

038 Steam Generator Tube Rupture (EA1.32 )

4.6 14.7

D,A,S

3

SG tube rupture with MSIV fails to Close (JPM 075AP)

f.

015 Nuclear Instrumentation System (A1.01) 3.5 I 3.8

D,A,S

7

Calibrate Power Range Nuclear Instrumentation (JPM 22-AP2)

g.

064 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System (A4.06)

3.9 I 3.9

M,D,S

6

Shutdown the Diesel Generator (1A-A and 1B-B) (JPM 046-1)

h.

In-Plant Systems@ (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-I; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)

i.

061 Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater System

(A2.04)

3.4 I 3.8

D,A,E,R

4S

Operate the TO AFW Pump Locally (JPM 74-2AP)

j.

004 Chemical and Volume Control System

(A2.25)

3.8 14.3

D,R

1

Uncontrolled Dilution Flow Path Isolation (O-SI-OPS 063-214.0)) (JPM 40-2)

k.

062 AC Electrical Distribution

(A2.10)

3.0 13.3

D,A

6

Transfer 480v SO Board 2A1-A from Normal to Alternate (JPM 061AP2)

@

All RO and SRO-I control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions;

all 5 SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap

those tested in the control room.

NUREG-1021

Revision 9

ES-301

Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline

Form ES-301-2

\\,

~

  • Type Codes

Criteria for RO / SRQl-1 j SRO-U

" --

(A)lternate path

4-6/4-0'/2-3

iJJ

(C)ontrol room

ff!:<;47

(D)irect from bank

'5,9 /

(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant

1 /

1"1:?: 1 \\

(L)ow-Power / Shutdown

<:: 1 /

11:'?:1 .:>

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A)

2/'?2"1'2:1-1

(P)revious 2 exams

3/

3/

2 (randomly selected) 0

(R)CA

1 /

1/<:: 1 .......-

(S)imulator

JPM Summary

JPMA

JPM B

JPM C

JPM D

JPM E

(

'-

JPM F

JPM G

JPM I

RHR spray will be established in accordance with FR-Z.1, High Containment Pressure. This is a Bank

Alternate Path JPM.

An RCP seal failure will be diagnosed and the Abnormal Operating Instruction used to remove the pump

from service. This is a new low power/shutdown JPM

A failure of the step counter will occur during the withdrawal of Shutdown Rods requiring a reactor trip.

This is a new alternate path low power/shutdown JPM.

Excess letdown system will be filled and vented from the control room using the system operating

instruction. This is a new low power/shutdown JPM.

A Main Steam Isolation valve will fail to close during the isolation of steam side of a ruptured steam

generator will be isolated.. This is a Bank Alternate Path JPM.

Power Range nuclear instruments will be adjusted in accordance with the surveillance instruction O-SI-OPS-

092-078.0. This is a Bank Alternate Path JPM.

Unit 1 Diesel Generators will be shutdown per EA-82-1. This is a Bank modified JPM.

Plant JPM -The trip and throttle valve will not open electrically while TDAFW pump is being placed in

service locally. This is an Alternate path Bank JPM using emergency abnormal procedure performed inside

the RCA.

JPM J

Dilution flow path will be isolated using O-SI-OPS 062-214.0.

This is a Bank JPM performed inside the

RCA using an Appendix contains in a surveillance instruction.

JPM K

Plant JPM - A breaker will fail to operate while a transfer of a 480v Shutdown Board is being attempted.

This is a Bank Alternate Path JPM.

NUREG-1021

Revision 9

ES-301

Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline

Form ES-301-2

(

Facility:

Sequoyah 1 & 2

Date of Examination:

1/2008

-

Exam Level (circle one):

RO I SRO(I)(:;RO (uij

Operating Test No.:

NRC

Control Room Systems@ (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-U, including 1 ESF)

System I JPM Title

Type Code*

Safety

Function

a.

W/E14 High Containment Pressure

(EA-1.1 )

3.7 I 3.7

D,A,S

5

Respond to High Containment Pressure (JPM 057AP1)

b.

003 Reactor Coolant Pump System

(A2.01)

3.5 I 3.9

N,L,S

4P

Respond to a #1 RCP Seal Failure

c.

001 Control Rod Drive System

(A3.05)

3.5 I 3.5

M,A,L,S

1

Shutdown Bank Withdrawal

d.

e.

f.

g.

h.

In-Plant Systems@ (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-I; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)

i.

061 Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater System

(A2.04)

3.4 I 3.8

D,A,E,R

4S

Operate the TD AFW Pump Locally (JPM 74-2AP)

j.

004 CI,eli lieal alld 'v'olUilie Conti 01 Systel Ii

(AZ.25)

3.8/4-:&-

D,R

'---1--

Ulieo'iti~IIedDilution Flow Patll IS9Iatiol~I-OPS0,6~+4:&)7~('"d'~!\\11~40'"2>>-~

~'f.

tl143 "I ~3/z~~n,

C-Y-tc.<,;"",<'d

'?e-t-

p/~.;,,,r

"-G'v-.t-_<:.~

<-..~

~(A.

'.

k ..A,,-(.j..*W,J. 1:::>, s<:..."""",t ... / L,="'-

k.

D(PJ. /tc EIe..G\\-t-\\c::..",J, 1:);sk\\"Du-Hc"" (A J, 10) :,.0/3,.3

D 1 ri

0

-Y;:-e",v5k ~v 'SD ~e.....J. 2.;11-1-14

~.iVv\\. (Vct1'f"'oC...(, ~ i41~ok(W(t

O~ I /l.p2.)

@

All RO and SRO-I control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions;

all 5 SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap

those tested in the control room.

NUREG-1021

Revision 9

ES-301

Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline

Form ES-301-2

(

(

(

  • Type Codes

Criteria for RO / SRO-I / SRO-U

(A)lternate path

4-6 / 4-6 / 2-3 :>

(C)ontrol room

(D)irect from bank

~9/:':;8/

4],

(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant

1 /

1/:2::1\\

(L)ow-Power / Shutdown

1 /

1 / 21

7-

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A)

2/

2/

1'</

(P)revious 2 exams

3/

3/

2 (randomly selected)

(R)CA

?; 1 /

1/21!fJ

(S)imulator

JPM Summary

JPM A

RHR spray will be established in accordance with FR-Z.1, High Containment Pressure. This is a Bank

Alternate Path JPM.

JPM B

An RCP seal failure will be diagnosed and the Abnormal Operating Instruction used to remove the pump

from service. This is a new low power/shutdown JPM

JPM C

A failure of the step counter will occur during the withdrawal of Shutdown Rods requiring a reactor trip.

This is a new alternate path low power/shutdown JPM.

JPM I

Plant JPM -The trip and throttle valve will not open electrically while TDAFW pump is being placed in

service locally. This is an Alternate path Bank JPM using emergency abnormal procedure performed inside

the RCA.

JPM J

Dilution flow path will be isolated using O-SI-OPS 062-214.0.

This is a Bank JPM performed inside the

RCA using an Appendix contains in a surveillance instruction.

NUREG-1021

Revision 9

ES-301

Operating Test Quality Checklist

Form ES-301-3

(

(

(

Facility:

Sequoyah 1 & 2

Date of Examination:

1/28/2008

Operating Test Number:

NRC

1. GENERAL CRITERIA

Initials

a

b*

c#

a.

The operating test conforms with the previously approved outline; changes are consistent

with sampling requirements (e.g. 10 CFR 55.45, operational importance, safety function

'/6 -;LJ t~~

distribution).

b.

There is no day-to-day repetition between this and other operating tests to be administered -rs

lyK!?

during this examination.

-rZJ

c.

The operating test shall not duplicate items from the applicants' audit test(s) (see Section

/'~

\\ri:7

D.1.a).

,7ZJ

d.

Overlap with the written examination and between different parts of the operating test is

/0

t~

within acceptable limits.

rzJ

e.

It appears that the operating test will differentiate between competent and less-than-

~

~ifv

competent applicants at the designated license level.

JZ---'

2. WALK-THROUGH CRITERIA

-

-

-

a.

Each JPM includes the following, as applicable:

initial conditions .,..

initiating cues ./

references and tools, including associated procedures v

reasonable and validated time limits (average time allowed for completion) and specific

designation if deemed to be time-critical by the facility licensee /"

17--~

operationally important specific performance criteria that include:

76

- detailed expected actions with exact criteria and nomenclature v

- system response and other examiner cues .,'

- statements describing important observations to be made by the applicant ,"

- criteria for successful completion of the task ",,"

- identification of critical steps and their associated performance standards ./

- restrictions on the sequence of steps, if applicable ."

b.

Ensure that any changes from the previously approved systems and administrative walk-

through outlines (Forms ES-301-1 and 2) have not caused the test to deviate from any of

~

f7J {~

the acceptance criteria (e.g., item distribution, bank use, repetition from the last 2 NRC

examinations) specified on those forms and Form ES-201-2.

3. SIMULATOR CRITERIA

-

-

-

The associated simulator operating tests (scenario sets) have been reviewed in accordance with

~ -n: .~

Form ES-301-4 and a copy is attached.

Printed Name / Signa~Q.

Date

.---r/'

~rvz'-5 /-:~~,

/1--

//;7108

a.

Author

7 hOl11ffS

b.

Facility Reviewer (*)

~,

i.)tlJLc.~

-:>>:

Iff 7/0 4

. I

...."'"'- '-'

.1-_ ./~~~..I~

c.

NRC Chief Examiner (#)

't-f\\ MUl A"'v':) AIK7 '/n~..~/l fti. 1l1'::1f:--.-..

o i /1"3!~trJB

d.

NRC Supervisor

J).AtG(jJJ...l.\\V If)MJJ.JAJ I 7!:.mlor

....-.--

t'i!lJ/!",

\\ " \\

.~

NOTE:

The facility signature is not applicable for NRC-developed tests.

Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column "c"; chief examiner concurrence required.

NUREG-1021

Revision 9

ES-301

Simulator Scenario Quality Checklist

Form ES-301-4

(

(

Facility:

Sequoyah 1 & 2

Date of Exam:

1/28/2008

Scenario Numbers:

1,2,3,4

Operating Test No.:

NRC

QUALITATIVE ATTRIBUTES

Initials

a

b*

c#

1.

The initial conditions are realistic, in that some equipment and/or instrumentation may be out of

73

service, but it does not cue the operators into expected events.

10 W$

2.

The scenarios consist mostly of related events.

-J~ "J'1-' ~

3.

Each event description consists of

the point in the scenario when it is to be initiated

the malfunction(s) that are entered to initiate the event

1~

/~ JV

the symptoms/cues that will be visible to the crew

the expected operator actions (by shift position)

the event termination point (if applicable)

4.

No more than one non-mechanistic failure (e.g., pipe break) is incorporated into the scenario without '70

1'~

a credible preceding incident such as a seismic event.

7Z/

5.

The events are valid with regard to physics and thermodynamics.

7~ -IZ..-

\\~

6.

Sequencing and timing of events is reasonable, and allows the examination team to obtain complete '76

'j~

evaluation results commensurate with the scenario objectives.

-rt>>

7.

If time compression techniques are used, the scenario summary clearly so indicates.

Operators

/'-5 Jl;

\\,,~

have sufficient time to carry out expected activities without undue time constraints.

8.

The simulator modeling is not altered.

?~ ri- ~

9.

The scenarios have been validated. Pursuant to 10 CFR 55.46(d), any open simulator performance

deficiencies or deviations from the referenced plant have been evaluated to ensure that functional

/~ 71J ~

fidelity is maintained while running the planned scenarios.

10.

Every operator will be evaluated using at least one new or significantly modified scenario. All other

7~

~

scenarios have been altered in accordance with Section 0.5 of ES-301.

1V

11.

All individual operator competencies can be evaluated, as verified using Form ES-301-6 (submit the

-/:5

.~

form along with the simulator scenarios).

jJ../

12.

Each applicant will be significantly involved in the minimum number of transients and events

-;!~

~~

specified on Form ES-301-5 (submit the form with the simulator scenarios).

TL/

13.

The level of difficulty is appropriate to support licensing decisions for each crew position.

76 ~ '{'(lD

Target Quantitative Attributes (Per Scenario; See Section D.5.d)

Actual Attributes

-

-

-

1

2

3

4

1.

Total malfunctions (5-8)

8/

16""' 7/ '16/ -;f~ -;L; Mf:,

2.

Malfunctions after EOP entry (1-2)

2""'

1...-- 72/ ;2/ /~

-rc; ~

3.

Abnormal events (2-4)

3""-

3"

4/

3/

.~

"T/.J

l~~

4.

Major transients (1-2)

1/

1v

1 /

1/ /,:) /L

i:~ID

5.

EOPs entered/requiring substantive actions (1-2)

1,/

1/

1/

1/ ?5

'17- "rib

6.

EOP contingencies requiring substantive actions (0-2)

1v

0,/

1/

1/ 7'7

7tr- ~

7.

Critical tasks (2-3)

2/

3v 2/

2/ 7~ -rt- vWJ3

NUREG-1021

Revision 9

ES-301

Transient and Event Checklist

Form ES-301-5

(

(

(

Facility:

Sequoyah 1 & 2

Date of Exam:

1/28/2008

Operating Test No.:

NRC

A

E

Scenarios

P

V

P

E

1

2

3

4

T

M

L

N

Spare

0

I

I

T

T

N

CREW

CREW

CREW

CREW

C

POSITION

POSITION

POSITION

POSITION

A

I

A

T

L

M

N

Y

U

T

P

M(*

E

S

A

B

S

A

B

S

A

B

S

A

B

R

I

U

R

T

0

R

T

0

R

T

0

R

T

0

0

C

P

0

C

P

0

C

P

0

C

P

RX

0",,-

1

1

1

1

0

NOR

1/

I

0

1

1

1

1

SROU

I/C

,\\5/

Z

3

8

4

4

2

MAJ

1/

i

0

1

2

2

1

TS

3/

c

0

3

0

2

2

RX

1/

0/

1

1

1

0

NOR

Ov

1/

1

1

1

1

SROI-1

I/C

3/

5/

8

4

4

2

0

MAJ

1v

1 v

2

2

2

1

TS

0

3/

3

0

2

2

RX

0

1/

0

1

1

1

0

NOR

I

0"

1

1

1

1

1

SROI-2

I/C

Y

4/

7

11

4

4

2

MAJ

f

1 v

2

3

2

2

1

TS

~

Ov

2

2

0

2

2

0

1

0

1

1

1

0

1

0

1

2

1

1

1

NA

7

5

3

15

4

4

2

1

1

1

3

2

2

1

2

0

0

2

0

2

2

1

1

0

1

1

1

4

4

2

2

2

1

0

2

2

NUREG 1021

Revision 9

ES-301

Transient and Event Checklist

Form ES-301-5

(

Facility:

Sequoyah 1 &2

Date of Exam:

4/9/2007

Operating Test No.:

NRC

A

E

Scenarios

P

V

P

E

1

2

3

4

T

M

L

N

Spare

0

I

I

T

T

CREW

CREW

CREW

CREW

N

C

POSITION

POSITION

POSITION

POSITION

A

I

A

T

L

M

N

Y

U

T

P

M(*

E

S

A

B

S

A

B

S

A

B

S

A

B

R

I

U

R

T

0

R

T

0

R

T

0

R

T

0

0

C

P

0

C

P

0

C

P

0

C

P

1

1

0

1

1

1

4

4

2

2

2

1

0

2

2

1

1

0

1

1

1

4

4

2

2

2

1

0

2

2

1

1

0

1

1

1

4

4

2

2

2

1

0

2

2

Instructions:

1.

Circle the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event

type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must service in both the "at-the-controls (ATC)" and

"balance-of-plant (BOP)" positions; Instant SROs must do one scenario, including at least two instrument or

component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position.

2.

Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section

D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. (*) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be

replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-1 basis.

3.

Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require

verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicant's competence count toward the minimum requirements

specified for the applicant's license level in the right-hand columns.

This matrix assumes that Scenario 3 is used as the spare. If scenario 3 is used in combination with any

other scenario, the minimum requirements are still met for each applicant.

NUREG 1021

Revision 9

ES-301

Competencies Checklist

Form ES-301-6

(

(

Facility: Sequoyah 1 & 2

Date of Exam:1/28/2008

Operating Test No.: NRC

SRO

RO (ATC)

BOP/CRO

Competencies

SCENARIO

SCENARIO

SCENARIO

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Interpret/Diag-

2,3,6,

3,4,5,

3,4,5,

2,5,6,

1,2,3,

2,5,6,

3,4,5,

nose Events

2-9

1-7,9

2-9

2-9

9

6,7,9

6,8,9

7,8

4-8

4,7,8

7

9

and Conditions

Comply With

1,2,3,

3,5,6,

1,3,4,

1,2,5,

1,4,5,

1,2,3,

1,2,6,

1,3,4,

and Use

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

6,8,9

9

5,6,8,

6,7,8

6,8

5,7

7

5,6,7,

Procedures (1)

9

9

Operate

1,2,3,

3,5,6,

1,3,4,

1,2,5,

1,4,5,

2,3,5,

1,2,6,

1,3,4,

Control Boards

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

6,8,9

9

5,6,8,

6,7,8

6,8,7

7

7

5,6,7,

(2)

9

9

Communicate

1,2,3,

1,3,4,

1,3,4,

and

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

6,8,9

3,4,5,

5,6,8,

1,2,5,

1,4,5,

1,2,3,

1,2,5,

5,6,7,

6,7,9

6,7,8

6,8,7

4,7,8

6,7

Interact

9

9

Demonstrate

Supervisory

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Ability (3)

Comply With

and Use Tech.

2-4

1,2,4

3,4

2,3

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Specs. (3)

Notes:

(1)

Includes Technical Specification compliance for an RO.

(2)

Optional for an SRO-U.

(3)

Only applicable to SROs.

Instructions:

Circle the applicants' license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the

examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for every applicant.

NUREG-1021

Revision 9

ES-401

Written Examination Quality Checklist

Form ES-401*6

~-CilitY:5(~~uoyah u s:

Date of Exam: 1/;1.008

Exam Level' RO .:*iSRO~1

..

Initial

Item Description

a

b*

c'

--;15

-

1

Questions and answers are technically accurate and applicable to the facilitv.

71r-J ~

2.

o .

NRC KJAs are referenced for all questions.

-;s

J}--/ rrIf?

b.

Facility learning objectives are referenced as available.

3.

SRO guestions are appropriate in accordance with Section D.2.d of ES-401

--J6

-rz,J

v'v'R>

-

....

4

The sampling process was random and systematic (If more than 4 RO or 2 SRO questions

% 1P ~

were repeated from the last 2 NRC licensmp exams, consult the NRR OL program office).

5.

Question duplication from the license screening/audit exam was controlled

as indicated below (check the item that applies) and appears appropriate:

_

the audit exam was systematically and randomly deveioped; or

_

the audit exam was completed before the license exam was started; or

76 JZJ ~

__ the examinations were developed independently; or

"Jf.- the licensee certifies that there is no duplication; or

__ other (explain)


_._-

Ban:-r Mcditied

6.

Bank use meets limits (no more than 75 percent

New

from the bank, at least 10 percent new, and the rest

5/~-r;3 ~

25

/'6 "f1J fYIf;>

new or modified); enter the actual RO / SRO-only

,J,7 I IS

r----

question distribution(s) at right.

7.

Between 50 and 60 percent of the questions on the RO1MClnory

CIA

exam are wntten at the comprehension/ analysis level,

-15

the SR.O exam may exceed 60 percent If the randomly

-n> ~

selected K/As support the hiqhe: cognitive levels, enter

3 c;

/ 7

i70

/ la

the actual RO I SRO question distributiorus) at light

J

8.

References/handouts provided do not give away answers

-;:5 7lr/ IVS

or aid in the elimination of distractors.

9.

Question content conforms with specific K/A statements in the previously approved

examination outline and is appropriate for the tier to which they are assigned;

/6 .-fl-/

/'if:>

~.

deviations are justified.

10.

Question psychometric quality and format meet the guidelines in ES Appendix B.

-/~

--y1--

1W1S

11

The exam contains the required number of one-point, multiple choice items;

-D 11P ~~

the total is correct and agrees with the value on the cover sheet.

____

Printed Name / ~nat~~

Date

a. Author

210mm

O:'IV~'> / '/L/

-

v----:=:-

//1/ot'

b. Facility Reviewer (*J

-Z;Z~~...

/././/6'-

/~~ /'.;, /Z

fft;

c. NRC Chief Examiner (#)

~ It BtrT$/ ff;["J (j, I '" .J;:-:...

d

NRC Regional Supervisor

J..!J4<AUJ---r:. WttiJ)NV.t>J /

~

.

~

(

.

"----'"

"

Note:

  • The facility reviewer's initials/signature are not applicable for NRC-developed examinations.
  1. Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column "c"; chief examiner concurrence required.

ES-401, Page 30 of 34

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KiA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q~

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KiA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

BIW

GENERAL COMMENTS

B= Bank 1M=Modified 1N-New 1F-Fundamental Level (I.E. Memory) 1H-Higher Cognitive Level (I.E. CIA)

I

For All BANK questions: swap the order of the answer choices so that applicants cannot rely on recall of the correct answer location.

ROEXAM

I

007EAl.08

N

H

2

B

Can the first two bullets be replaced with the following single bullet:

"Unit I was at 10% power when both MFPTs tripped."

S

First bullet revised. Second bullet not changed. The teaching in the

second bullet does not affect the a11SWerS to this question or any other

questions. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Can the third bullet read as follows:

"Stearn generator levels dropped to a minimum of##% and then began to

rise." - (use a level that is a couple ofpercent above the AFW start signal)

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/0412008

l

.'

Is there an extra space in the correct answet between "controlled" and

"manually"? Fixed OK MAB 02/0412008

Is there an extra space in "A" and "B" between "required" and "to"?

Fixed OK MAB 02/04/2008

2

008AA2.29

N

H

2

B

Be consistent with periods in answer choices. Fixed. OK MAB

02/0412008

S

Does the cause of the lowering RCS pressure affect which answer is

correct? Is it important to state that pzr pressure is inadvertently lowered

with pzr sprays or that the safety leakage rises, etc? If the pressure drop

results from a problem elsewhere, then the level behavior may change.

Discuss with licensee.

Licensee agreed. Comment incorporated. OK

MAB 02/04/2008

3

009EA2.24

N

H

2

B

There is no point in stating the reason why the RCPs are required to be

tripped. Consider the following suggestion for the answer choices:

S

A.

ALL RCPs are required to be tripped.

Page I of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KJA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KJA

Only

S

Dis!

Dis!

BIW

B.

ONLY RCP #1 and #3 are required to be tripped.

C.

ONLY RCP #1 is required to be tripped.

D.

ONLY RCP #3 is required to be tripped.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

4

01lEK3.13

B

F

2

B

Change answer choices to:

A.

Realigns the ECCS suction path from the RWST to the

S

contairunent sump.

B.

No change needed

C.

No change needed

D.

Realigns the ECCS flow to prevent boron precipitation.

Incorporated for "D". Licensee and CE agreed on change for "A". OK

MAB 02/0412008

5

015/017

B

H

2

S

Suggest making slight modification to "C" and "D":

AK2.08

C.

The RCP stator windings will overheat.

D.

The RCP motor bearings will overheat.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

6

022AA2.03

B

H

2

X?

B

Have licensee explain the mechanism for "A" to occur. I need to better

understand the failure mechanism that can cause the charging to go to 120

S

gpm and then retum to normal with pressurizer level also returning to

nonna!.

Licensee modified "A" based on comment. OK MAB 02/04/2008

7

025AK2.05

M

H

2

X?

Y

"B" and "D" plausibility: Why would it be plausible for an applicant to

ii

+

believe that spray pumps would be drawing suction from the sump when

,

there is 68% remaining in the RWST? Also, why would an applicant

S

believe that suction for the spray pumps would be from the sump when

they are in ECA-I.I. If adequate level existed in the sump and spray

pumps are operating why would they be in ECA-I.I ?

Parameters in the stem changed to address these concerns. The changes to

the parameters also caused the correct answer to change. OK MAB

02/04/2008

This question contains overlap flaws with questions on the SRO exam.

This question provides information that indicates that E-Ois entered upon a

reactor trip. I think this comment could alleviate itself ifthe issues on the

SRO exam are resolved. Concern addressed on SRO exam. OK MAB

02/0412008

Add a period after the sentence at 08:0 l. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

Does the information in the stem preclude an applicant from assuming that

containment pressure could have been greater than 12 psid and has now

decreased to 9.7 psid? Ifthis is an assumption that the applicants are

Page 2 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KiA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KiA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

forced to make, would it change the correct answer. Is there a possible

argument that there are two correct answers to this question based on

forcing the applicant to make assumptions? Qnestion statement has been

enhanced to preclnde an assnmption that conld make two answers correct.

There is enough info in the stem to preclnde applicants having a need to

make any assumptions on containment pressure. OK MAB 02/04/2008

8

026AK3.03

B

F

2

x

E

"B" and "C" are really the same distractor. They both state to reduce heat

load, or minimize heat load. "C" implies that RCPs must not be needed if

S

they are not cooled to maintain CCS within design capability.

One ofthese two distractors should be modified/replaced. "B" has been

changed to address concem. OK MAB 02/04/2008

9

027AAI.02

B

H

2

E

"start" should be plural in the answer choices. Fixed. OK MAB

02/04/2008

S

Delete the piece of each answer choice that states that heaters ENERGIZE

or DEENERGIZE. This is not needed to make answer choices unique. I.E.

A. Pressurizer Pressure HI alarm annunciates. Actual pressurizer pressure

starts to rise.

Etc. for the rest ofthe answer choices.

Incorporated. OK

MAB 02/04/2008

10

038G2.1.3

N

F

2

E

Technical accuracy of "A" and "B": Is there a requirement to cool the

plant prior to tumover? The supporting documentation does not support

S

this. The supporting documentation supports that the cooldown is not

J.!

permitted to be performed by an operator who is simultaneously

"

conducting tumover. This is different than requiring that the cooldown

take place prior to tumover. TIle more precise way to phrase this would be

to state the converse ofwhat is stated in "C" and "D". I.E. An operator is

not permitted to simultaneously tumover and perform the cooldown.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

First part of "C" and "D" also needs wording enhancements because

OPDP-I would not provide direction to cooldown while ccncurrently

performing tumover. OPDP-I provides Administrative guidance, not

guidance that is specific to the SGTR accident. Consider: An operator is

permitted to simultaneously turnover and perform the cooldown.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

II

040AKI.03

B

F

2

x

y

KIA Match: The IvA requires testing knowledge of operational

implications of RCS shrink and depressurization as they apply to steam

S

line break. This question tests knowledge ofbrittle failure which stems

from an RCS cooldown and subsequent pressurization.

New Q written. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Page 3 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q-

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focns

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

This question has other issues with distractors, but because ofthe above

comment, there is no need to address these comments at this time.

New Q written. OK MAB 02/04/2008

12

055G2.4.29

N

F

I-

x

.y

Is the 19:30 bullet worded correctly?

2

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

S

Punctuation in answer does not appear to be correct,

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

KIA not Matched: The KIA requires a SBO. Does this question test

knowledge ofa SBO, or just knowledge of a security threat? The way I

read this question is that you could delete all the information in the stem

and simply state that there is a credible insider security t1ueat and it is

necessary to dispatch an operator to the EDG room.

In other words, the

LOOP appears to be irrelevant.

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

13

056AKI.03

B

H

I-

x

.g

Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. OK MAB 02/04/2008

2

S

Replace "D" with the logical error that would result from subtracting 15 psi

from 2085.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Consider combining the subtraction of 15 psi and tile use ofThot to replace

"e".

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Technically this question could be rated as U, but the fix is simple enough

that it is being rated as E. The above comment incorporation will help to

make the LOD more acceptable. As written, two distracters are not

plausible. It is not reasonable for a licensed operator to use Tcold or Tave

in a subcooling calculation.

Noted. Issues addressed. OK MAB 02/04/2008

14

058AK1.01

B

H

2

.g

After 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> would the batteries be discharged? Or is there a requirement

that only states that the batteries will not be discharged prior to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />?

S

We need to ensure that the aIISWer choices accurately represent the status

ofthe batteries. Concems addressed by changing the wording. OK MAB

02/04/2008

15

062AA1.01

M

F

2

S

Q is SAT.

16

W/E04

B

F

I-

x

X?

.g

Be consistent with periods in the aIISWer choices. Fixed OK MAB

G2.4.28

2

'I

02/04/2008

Page 4 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Nou

Partial

Miu

Q-

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Crcd

Crcd

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

S

Distractor "A" is not plausible. ECCS flow is an indirect parameter, which

will follow RCS pressure, which is answer choice "DO'. It does not have

the procedure guidance to monitor the indirect parameter (ECCS flow)

when the direct parameter is available (RCS P).

Concern addressed. OK MAE 02/04/2008

I also have some issues with "B" because subcooling is calculated from

RCS pressure. It makes no sense to monitor the calculated parameter when

the direct parameter is available. Concern addressed. OK MAB

02/04/2008

The only thing that makes "A" and "B" incorrect is that the procedure does

not state these parameters, but they would work as a method for

determining ifthe leak was isolated. Noted.

MAB 02/04/2008

The KIA does not restrict this question to be written to test leak isolation.

Noted.

MAB 02/0412008

17

W/E05

B

F

2

X?

E

How is "A" different from "D"? Are these unique answer choices? It

EK3.1

should be possible to modify the wording ofthese two distractors to ensure

S

that they are unique, I.E., "A" could be pertaining to high temperatures

and "DO' could speak to cold water on dry tubes as is suggested in the

distractor analysis. Wording in "DO' enhanced to ensure uniqueness of

answer choice. OK MAB 02/04/2008

18

W/Ell

M

H

1

x

Y

Question does not discriminate at the licensed operator level. This is a

EK2.2

h

question that, when provided the reference, almost anyone could arrive at

REF

S

the correct answer.

i

Following suggestion incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Suggestion to improve question:

Use most of the same items in the stem. Some can be deleted if they

become unnecessary,

Q: Which one ofthe following correctly describes the flow rate that meets

the intent of ECA-l.1, Step 20 RNO?

A.

Establish 325 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps may be started

and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.

B.

Establish 325 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps are not permitted

to be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired

flow rate.

C.

Establish 400 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps may be started

and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired flow rate.

D.

Establish 400 gpm ECCS flow. ECCS pumps are not permitted

to be started and stopped as necessary to accomplish the desired

flow rate.

This suggestion raises the plausibility ofthe distractors and still tests

Page 5 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

PsychometricFlaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

whether the applicants understand the intent of the procedure step.

Suggestion incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

19

001AK2.05

M

H

1-

B

Be consistent with periods behind bulleted phrases. Fixed. OK MAB

2

02/04/2008

S

Would the question be enhanced if one ofthe Thot or Tcold instruments

were to fail instead ofthe Tavg auctioneering unit? Discuss with licensee.

Decided not to make a change on temp inst. OK MAB 02/04/2008

20

033G2.4.2l

M

F

2

S

Q is SAT

21

036AKl.Ol

N

F

2

S

Maintain past tense in third bullet. Somewhat incorporated, but it does not

affect technical accuracy of question. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Question is written in the "NOT' format, which is discouraged by

NUREG-l02l. This question can remain in its current form as long as the

licensee agrees that the question being in this format will not affect

applicant performance. In other words, their applicants have seen

questions in this format and would not get the incorrect answer for any

other reason than a knowledge weakness.

Noted. OK MAB 02/04/2008

22

060AAl.02

M

F

2

X?

x

lei

KIA Match: Have the licensee provide an explanation ofhow the KIA is

matched. The KIA requires testing knowledge ofhow to operate or

S

monitor ventilation systems during an accidental gaseous radwaste release.

1'

How is a ventilation system being monitored? Rad Mntr is part ofthe

ventilation system. KIA match is OK. MAB 02/04/2008

When would the Waste Gas Rad Monitor not detect a leak from a Waste

Gas Decay Tank? Changed stem to a flange leak which would not cause

the Waste Gas Rad Mntr to alarm. OK MAB 02/0412008

23

069G2.4.45

N

H

2

B

Technical accuracy ofthe question is a concern because they do not have

to restore integrity within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. Ifthey do not restore integrity within 1

S

hour, then they are required to shutdown. TIle answer choices need to be

more precise in order to be technically correct.

Wording enhancements made to specifically ask for what the Action

Statement states. OK MAB 02/04/2008

24

074EK3.07

B

F

1

x

lei

LOD= 1: Distractors are not plausible. Due to the non-credible distractors,

this question does not discriminate at the appropriate level to make a

S

licensing decision. Changed distractors. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Reflux boiling is a cooling method used when RCPs are off.

How would it be reasonable for an operator to think that starting an RCP

Page 6 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KJA#

B

L

L

PsychometricFlaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cnes

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q-

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KJA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

would keep pressure from rising?

Changed distractor. OK MAB 02/04/2008

2S

076AK2.01

B

H

I

x

tf

A pinhole leak of a fuel assembly would be evident in RCS samples that

are analyzed for various isotopes; however, small leaks will not necessarily

S

result in rising radiation monitor trends. There are concerns with "B"

being an altemate correct answer because the size of the leak is not

defined. Also, the RCS leakage locations are not defmed, so there are also

concems about whether a small RCS leak would result in a rising rad

monitor reading.

"Significant increase in RCS activity" added to stem. OK MAB

02/04/2008

LOD= I: Distractors are not plausible. Due to the non-credible distractors,

this question does not discriminate at the appropriate level to make a

licensing decision.

Question is on the cusp ofbeing unacceptable due to low LOD. Noted.

MAB 02/04/2008

Consider writing a question that has a plant nip and a SGTL. This will

allow testing MSL monitors as well as Condenser Off Gas Monitors. This

idea may help to raise the question to a level where it could be used to

discriminate between a competent and less than competent licensed

operator.

Not incorporated. Allowed by CEo The rest ofthe exam is at an

acceptable level to not warrant a change to this question. OK MAB

02/04/2008

26

W/E09

B

H

2

B

The "repressurization" piece of "A" and "B" should be deleted. It does not

EA2.1

add information that is needed to make these answer choices unique.

S

Discuss with licensee. Deleted. OK MAE 02/04/2008

Consider rewording the question as follows:

Which one ofthe following correctly states the procedure that maximizes

the allowable cooldown rate for the provided circumstances and the

maximum cooldown rate allowed by that procedure?

A.

Use ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown. The cooldown

limit is SOF/hr.

B.

Use ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown. The cooldown

limit is 100F/hr.

C. / Use ES-O.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Voids in

Vessel (with RVLSI). The cooldown limit is SOF/hr.

D.

Use ES-O.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Voids in

Vessel (with RVLSI). The cooldown limit is SOF/hr

Incorporated. OK MAE 02/04/2008

Page 7 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psvchometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q~

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

27

W/EI4

B

F

2

S

Q is SAT.

EA2.2

28

003K3.04

B

H

2

S

Q is SAT.

29

003G2.3.10

N

F

2

S

Q is SAT.

30

004K5.26

N

H

2

S

Q is SAT.

31

004A3.08

B

H

I-

X

B

"D": it is not credible for an applicant to make this error. There is no

2

division needed in this calculation.

S

Consider making "D" 60%. Discuss with licensee

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

32

005A4.03

B

H

I-

x

y

"RCS cooldown rate is too high" - what does this mean? It may not

2

matter, but it would be better to provide the applicant with information that

S

they would normally have available to them, such as an actual temperature

at two different times. It may also be necessary to state that SRO gave

them direction to cooldown at a certain value. The question piece would

need to change slightly to ask for the actions needed to comply with the

SRO's directions. (These changes will make "C" plausible)

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Question should be tied to the procedure. I.E. Which one of the following

..... CONSTANT RHR flow, in accordance with 0-SO-74-1, "procedure

title"?

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

"A" and "B" do not contain credible misconceptions to discriminate

between competent and less than competent licensed operators.

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

33

006KI.02

M

F

2

B

Is there an extra space between "SSPS" and "if' in the stem?

Fixed. OK MAB 02/04/2008

S

Have licensee walk me through the technical aspects of the question. I

may be OK with the question with a couple of minutes of discussion.

Q is SAT. MAB 02/04/2008

34

007K3.01

B

H

2

x

B

Is there an extra space in "D" between "..4," mId "failed"?

Fixed. MAB 02/0412008

S

"C" not plausible because there is no relationship with the PRT.

The following change would correct the distractor plausibility issue:

A.

  1. 2 seal on RCP #4 failed; Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568,

failed open; Reactor Head Vent Valve, I-FCV-68-394, Failed

Page 8 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q-

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

BIW

Open

B.

  1. 2 seal on RCP #4 failed; Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568,

failed open; Reactor Head Vent Valve (I-FCV-68-394, Failing

Open, could not cause the stated conditions)

C.

Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568, failed open; Reactor Head

Vent Valve, I-FCV-68-394, Failed Open (#2 seal on RCP #4

failing could not cause these conditions)

D.

Pressurizer Safety Valve, 1-68-568, failed open (Pressurizer

Safety Valve, 1-68-568, failing open could not cause the stated

plant conditions AND Reactor Head Vent Valve, I-FCV-68-

394, Failing Open could not cause the stated plant conditions.)

Discuss the above change with thelicensee, If we can get this change to

work, then the question may be SAT.

Worked with licensee to develop plausible distractors. OK MAB

02/04/2008

35

007G2.1.1

N

F

2

x

B

Is fourth bullet worded correctly? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

S

"A" and "B" are not mutually exclusive, which harms their plausibility. In

other words, If"B" were true, it will still makes sense to do "A". The

problem is that ifthe applicant determines that the alarm is valid, adjusting

level will always be correct.

"A" and "B" corrected. MAB 02/04/2008

Is there an extra space in "C" and "D" between "level" and "alarm"?

They neglected to correct this; however, the extra space appears in the

~! '

correct answer as well as a distractor, so it will not adversely affect

r'

plausibility. OK MAB 02/04/2008

The question should be specific to the answer choices provided:

Which one ofthe following correctly states the validity ofthe PRT level

alarm and the required actions as a result ofthe alarm?

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

I would prefer to have "A" and "B" read as follows:

A. The PRT level alarm is valid. (need a better second halfofdistractor)

B. The PRT level alarm is valid. 0-SI-OPS-068-137.0, RCS Water

Inventory, is required to be performed.

A version ofthis comment was incorporated. AOP-R.05 was used. OK

MAB 02/04/2008

I would prefer the second halfof"C" and "D" to read such that it

specifically states the information being tested. I.E.:

C. The PRT level alarm is false. According to OPDP-4, the maximum time

that Maintenance has to correct the condition causing the invalid alarm is 7

days, at which time the alarm is required to be cleared/disabled.

Page 9 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q-

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

D. The PRT level alarm is false. According to OPDP-4, the maximum

time that Maintenance has to correct the condition causing the invalid

alarm is 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, at which time the alarm is required to be

cleared/disabled.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

36

008K4.07

N

F

2

x

E

Is there an extra space between "CCS" and "Pump" in the stem?

(I am beginning to think that it just may be the way it prints out and that

there may not be an extra space - but it is free to ask.)

S

Fixed. MAB 0210412008

Would it be possible to test the RED light on the throwover switch for the

first part of every answer choice. I think this would be a better test ofthe

actual plant indications. I.E. Either the red light is ON or OFF. Discuss

with licensee.

I think this could help the plausibility of "B".

Did not incorporate after discussions with licensee. MAB 02/04/2008

37

010K6.03

M

H

2

S

Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

Simplify the answer choices as follows:

A.

Master controller output would increase. PZR pressure would

be maintained above the reactor trip setpoint.

B.

Master controller output would increase. PZR pressure would

decrease to the reactor trip setpoint.

C.

Master controller output would decrease. PZR pressure would

be maintained above the reactor trip setpoint.

  • c

D.

Master controller output would decrease. PZR pressure would

"

be maintained above the reactor trip setpoint

Incorporated. MAB 02/0412008

38

012K4.04

N

H

2

X?

f

"A" and "D" are not plausible because the last bullet in the stem leads the

applicant to only consider answer choices where RTA "A" is different than

S

RTA "B" UV and Shunt coils. Simply using psychometrics, and applicant

can eliminate these two answer choices. Discuss with licensee.

Answer choices simplified. Issue resolved. OK MAB 02/04/2008

39

013K2.01

B

H

2

S

Potential overlap issues with 006Kl.02 should be discussed. Ifit is

determined that there is no overlap, then question may be SAT.

Overlap issue resolved. OK MAB 02/04/2008

40

022A2,04

N

H

2

X?

f

Is the wording correct in the second paragraph, "Compare the effects on of

the .."? Fixed. OK MAB 02/04/2008

S

Have the licensee explain the plausibility of additional cooling units being

placed in service. Are there additional cooling units that would be

available at any time in order to reduce temp? If there are additional

Page 10 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KiA#

B

L

L

PsychometricFlaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q~

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KiA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

BIW

cooling units that could be used, under what conditions would they

typically be used?

Additional cooling units are available one ofthe units. Unit differences

make the distractors plausible. OK MAB 02/04/2008

41

025K5.02

M

F

2

B

Is the incorrectness ofthis answer choice based entirely on the word

"each"? This needs to be discussed to ensure only one correct answer.

S

Distractors reworked to ensure only one correct answer. OK MAB

02/04/2008

42

026K4.07

M

F

2

B

The licensee needs to explain why the II% level requirement is because of

the I-FCV-74-3 interlock. I am not sure that the attached reference

S

material supports this. Maybe the supporting documentation is in another

print or lesson plan. Also as part ofthis discussion, the wording ofthe

question should be reviewed to ensure that it is accurate and will elicit the

answer.

Licensee explained the level requirement. OK MAB 02/04/2008

43

026G2.4.48

M

H

2

x

lei

Are there extra spaces in "A" and "B"? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

S

Will the terminology "loading room" confuse any ofthe applicants?

Should this be defmed with more precise terminology?

"loading room" deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Is the wording of "A" and "B" precise enough? The pump did not (failed

to) auto start - this is a fact. I would prefer more precise terminology such

'1'[

as: "Pump did not auto start even with an auto start signal present."

Altemative similar wording would work as well.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Should the answer choices contain commas or periods between the two

answer parts. It looks like two complete sentences are separated by

commas.

Two sentences used. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Second set ofbullets should be introduced with a colon, vice semi-colon.

Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

Time in the stem is only provided to the minute, yet 14:05:00 is almost a

full 4 minutes from 14:07:59. The clock in the control room may read the

same, but this is greater than 180 seconds. Discuss whether this question

needs to be more precise to elicit the correct answer.

More precise times are not needed - I made an error with my math when

this comment was made. OK MAB 02/04/2008

"A" and "B" are not mutually exclusive because it may never be wrong to

Page II of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

PsychometricFlaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

verify that there is room on the EDG prior to manually placing a load on

the EDG. If "A" is correct, the "B" will also be correct,

Wording revised to ensure unique answer choices. OK MAB 02/0412008

When did the containment pressure reach 2.81 psig? Discuss whether this

is important information to contain in the stem.

Q stem is precise enough. OK MAB 02/0412008

"A" and "B" plausibility: Ifthe pump was supposed to auto start, then I

know, just using common sense, that the EDG is desigoed to have room to

start the pump (assuming that the sequencer has timed out). Ifthe

sequencer has not timed out, then it would not be smart to start the pump

anyway. "A" wording revised.

"B" determined to be OK with the change

to "A". OK MAB 02/04/2008

44

039Al.09

N

H

2

x

.g

KIA Match: The KIA requires testing knowledge ofmonitoring main

steam line radiation monitor parameters associated with operating the

S

MRSS controls to prevent exceeding design limits. How does this question

test the knowledge required by the KIA? How is knowledge ofthe

radiation monitor indications being tested in relation to how those

indications are used to avoid exceeding design limits?

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

The question asks for the condition that is causing the alarm. Is there a

possibility that another condition, such as an actual high rad condition

could cause the alarm? High rad may not cause the other conditions, but

,1

could it cause the alarm? The wording ofthe question may need some

minor revision to ensure that the correct answer is elicited.

Q replaced. OK MAE 02/0412008

Are the second parts ofthe answer choices worded correctly? The subject

ofthe sentence appears to be implied. It would be better to state the noun.

Q replaced. OK MAE 02/04/2008

No reference is being suggested. Are the time requirements a closed book

knowledge item at SQ?

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/0412008

45

059A2.07

N

H

2

x

?

B

What conditions would automatically close the 2B MFPT Cond FCVs?

Valve operation depends on power being above or below 60%. OK MAB

S

02/0412008

"A" Plausibility: What is the logic behind the FCVs being re-opened in the

AOP? This distractor may not be plausible. It may not be credible for an

operator to think that they would re-open valves that automatically closed.

Discussed with licensee.

OK MAB 02/0412008

Page 12 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KiA#

B

L

L

PsychometricFlaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cnes

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KiA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

The stem and answer choice talks about some AOP that has been entered.

Is there a reason that the AOP that the operators are performing is not

mentioned in the stem or the answer choices? Discuss the possibility of

adding the AOP to tighten the question and tie the answers to a specific

AOP. AOP-S.OI added to the stem. OK MAB 02/04/2008

46

059A4.01

M

H

2

S

Second to last bullet: I assume the SG level is below setpoint, but this

needs to be specific. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

Last Bullet: is it necessary to state that the dumps are armed?

No - "armed" deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008

47

061K5.01

B

H

2

S

Typos in 5th bullet. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

Trends are provided for all parameters except for SG levels.

Added. MAE 02/04/2008

48

062KI.02

B

F

2

B

Too many items are being iterated on in the answer choices. This provides

the applicants with multiple ways to eliminate distractors. Discuss with

S

licensee. Discussed. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Consider the following:

A.

After 1.25 seconds, all EDGs will auto start .

B.

After 1.25 seconds, only the IB-B EDG will start.

C.

After 300 seconds all EDGs will autostart.

c

D.

After 300 seconds only the IB-B EDG will statio

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

49

063K2.01

N

H

2

?

+

Distractor analysis states that an applicant may think that control power for

the breaker is supplied from the EDG battery. Why would an applicant

S

think this. Do the EDG batteries supply control power to other buses or to

this bus under different plant conditions? I need to understand the credible

misconception a little better.

Answer choices revised to correct issue. OK MAE 02/04/2008

50

064K6.08

B

F

2

x

x

.y

"B" is not plausible: TIle entire reason for having a standby pump is to

have it backup the lead pump. The second pump is not referred to in the

S

distractor as the standby pump, but it is strongly implied by the stem

stating that there is a lead pump. A manual alignment does not appear to

make sense.

Distractors revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008

"C" is not plausible because the stem provides a cue that these pumps start

on tank level. "C" allowed this distractor to stay on exam after discussions

with licensee. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Page 13 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cnes

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

0

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

BIW

"A" is the obvious answer because the stem states that these pumps start on

low tank level. It would also be common sense to assume that the standby

pump would not stilt at the same time or level as the lead pump, which is

why it is a standby pump. After discussion with licensee, decided to allow

this distractor. OK MAB 02/04/2008

If possible, place the conditions of the plant in the stem, rather than making

the answer choices conditional. A specific tank level and switch position

for the backup pump should be placed in the stem.

It is not prohibited to place conditions in answer choices, therefore Q was

not changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Consider the following:

Initial plant conditions:

-

2A-A EDG running

-

Fuel oil day tank level = ##%

-

Lead fuel oil transfer pump is running

-

The backup fuel oil transfer pump control switch is in AUTO

Current plant conditions:

-

Lead fuel oil transfer pump shaft completely shears

Which one of the following correctly describes the operation of the backup

fuel oil transfer pump?

A.

The backup pump will be running due to a start signal on low

discharge pressure.

B.

The backup pump will be running due to a start signal on low

tanklevel.

C.

The backup pump will not be running and will not start at

anytime as tank level lowers.

D.

The backup pump will not be running, but will start as tank

level lowers with no discharge pressure on the lead pump.

Allowed Qto remain with only minor revision. OK MAB 02/0412008

51

073AI.01

N

II

2

x

g

Is second bullet worded correctly? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

F

S

Be consistent with periods behind bullets. Licensee did not incorporate

this comment, but does not affect the technical accuracy of the question,

OK MAE 02/0412008

This question is really written at the (Fnmdamental knowledge level.

It

appears like there may be infonnation in the stem that does not add value

to the question. The question really does not ask anything more than:

What automatic actions occur as a result of2-RM-90-123A alarming on

high radiation? Licensee did not incorporate comment, TIley are in the

middle ofthe band for CIA and F questions, therefore designating this

question in either category will not cause all exam metric to be encroached

Page 14 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

n

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q-

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

BIW

upon. I would have required this to be fixed if it affected the adherence to

the higher cog criteria. OK MAE 02/04/2008

"B" is not plausible: What information in the stem would lend credibility

to this distractor. It is very basic that there is an auto isolation ofthe surge

tank. It is not enough to simply test whether an auto isolation exists. I

agree with the plausibility that you have built into the other two distrators.

Is there any way to improve this distractor by requiring the applicants to

know a little more than whether or not an auto isolation exists?

"B" replaced. MAB 02/04/2008

Does "C" contain grammatical errors in both sentences?

Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

"D": when possible, always word questions and answers for what is

required to be done, not what an operator will or may do. This is because

operators may do anything, but we want to test what they are required to

do.

Revised. OK MAE 02/04/2008

52

076A2.02

N

H

2

y

Typo in second bullet. Fixed. MAE 02/0412008

S

Is there enough information in the stem to elicit the correct answer?

During the review in Atlanta we will need to pull prints and do a detailed

review of the information in the stem, detennine if the stem permits

applicants, or forces applicants to make assumptions on the location of the

.j(

leak, on how and where the leak is isolated, and whether there are credible

"

arguments for no correct answers or mnltiple correct answers. Plausibility

ofthe distractors will also need to be discussed.

OK. We pulled prints during IP and question is sat. MAB 02/04/2008

This question will be rated as unsat, pending the detailed review that will

take place with the licensee.

Q OK MAB 02/04/2008

53

076A4.02

M

F

2

E

Is there an extra space between "following" and "the"?

Q simplified. Corrected. MAE 02/04/2008

S

"A": Would it be more plausible for I-FCY-67-146 to be "Auto" and 2-

FCY-67-146 to be "Manual"? This qnestion is being asked because on the

surface it may make sense for the valve on the unit with the SI to auto

reposition, rather than the other unit's valve? This may be due to my

unfamiliarity with SQ. Discuss with licensee.

Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008

Is there any possibility that EA-67-1 allows operators to reposition O-FCY-

Page 15 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KiA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KiA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

67-152, thus bringing into question the possibility that Manual would be

the correct response for all three valves?

Q revised. Corrected. MAB

02/04/2008

The stem contains a lot of words. Are we simply asking the following:

Which one ofthe following correctly describes the following valve

responses to a Unit I safety injection?

0-FCV-67-152

I-FCV-67-146

2-FCV-67-146

A. Auto repositions

Auto repositions

Does NOT auto reposition

B. etc.

Incorporated, OK MAB 02/04/2008

54

078K3.01

M

F

I-

S

Question is right at the cusp ofbeing acceptable. When all other changes

2

to the exam have been made, an overall evaluation ofthe exam will be

performed. Q is OK. MAB 02/04/2008

55

103A3.01

M

H

I-

X

g

"C" and "D" plausibility: There are no indications in the stem that would

2

lead an applicant to believe that CVI should only have occurred on one

S

train. Are rad monitors train specific for CVI? If so, add values for both

the "A" and "B" monitors, with the "B" at a lower value.

Specific rad monitor information added. OK MAB 02/04/2008

56

011K6.05

N

H

2

?

g

Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. 02/04/2008

S

'f

What credible misconception would lead an applicant to believe that I-LT-

68-321 would have an impact on pzr level control when I-LT-68-320 is

I

S

selected?"

Licensee revised answer choices to correct. OK MAB 02/04/2008

AJ:e the cold cal instruments ever used for pzr level control?

Cold Cal instruments deleted from answer choices. OK MAB 02/04/2008

57

015K2.01

M

F

I-

x

Y

"B" and "C" are not plausible: These two choices can be eliminated just

2

by knowing that even channels are powered by the same bus and the odd

S

channels are powered from the same bus (or at least the same division of

power). The mixing of even and odd NI numbers make these two

distractors not plausible.

Distractors revised to correct concem. OK MAB 02/04/2008

58

016K1.10

M

F

2

S

Q is SAT.

59

o17K4.03

B

F

I

x

Y

Remaining "in" limits, or "within" limits? Either way - it just depends on

how you want your applicants to read the question. Fixed. MAB

S

02/04/2008

What does "limits" mean in the stem? Is this specific enough to elicit the

Page 16 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KJA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KJA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

BIW

correct answer? I understand what it means only by reading the question

analysis, which the applicants will not have. Wording enhancements

made. OK MAE 02/04/2008

The question should also be tied to the procedure. Incorporated. MAB

02/04/2008

"C" and "D" are not plausible. The magnitude of these two answer choices

make them completely non-credible.

Distractors revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Are there any other choices that have meaning at your plant? 600F?

700F? nOF? 750F? Different values were agreed upon with licensee.

OK MAE 02/04/2008

60

045K5.17

N

H

I-

x

Y

"A" is not plausible. This is not a method which is directed by plant

2

procedures, which does not create a plausible distractor.

S

Qand distractor revised to address concem. OK MAE 02/04/2008

"D" is not plausible. Two variables, the two parameters being analyzed,

moving is not plausible. Q and distractor revised to address concem. OK

MAB 02/04/2008

This question is pure GFE. Applicants have already passed a GFE. This is

the Site Specific written exam. Steam header pressure incorporated, which

makes the question more plant specific. OK MAB 02/04/2008

.

Will the correct answer be correct under all plant conditions that can be

assumed with the information provided in the stem? To be safe, does a

bumup need to be provided in the stem as well? Answer will always be

correct at 50% power. OK MAB 02/04/2008

This question can be brought to an acceptable level by making it plant

specific. Maybe iterating on "B" and "C" and then adding a second half to

the distractors would accomplish plausibility and allow for a plant specific

question. Qrevised. OK MAB 02/04/2008

61

055A3.03

N

H

2

x

g

"C": lacks a period. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

S

"B" is not plausible. The reason in "B" is not tied to conditions that are

provided in the stem. Compare to "A" - where "A" contains a reason that

corresponds to an alarm that is provided in the stem. To raise the

plausibility of"B", the reason needs to be tied to a condition in the stem.

Simplified to only tie to high pressure, vice rad inst malfunction. OK

MAE 02/04/2008

Page 17 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

PsvchometricFlaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q~

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

62

068A4.02

M

F

2

S

Q is SAT. TIle chosen wording does not appear to be the easiest to

interpret, but the Q is OK ifyou want to go with the current wording. If

you would like your applicants to see this question worded slightly

different, I am OK with that too.

OK MAB 02/0412008

63

071K3.04

M

H

2

S

Q is SAT.

64

075G2.2.1 I

N

H

2

g

Grammar issue in first bullet.

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

S

The stem ofthe question is vague with respect to how the design will be

changed. It is implied, that the change will cause the valve to

automatically close. Is it important to state this. Will it be possible for an

applicant to assume a change that would affect the answer choices?

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Do you want to ask this question to all RO? Do you have ally RO learning

objectives associated with temp changes? Is this knowledge part of the RO

ILT program? Discuss with licensee.

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

If licensee can produce documentation that this is OK to ask an RO, then

the question is SAT.

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

65

086AI.OI

N

F

'5.

x

Y

Answer choices need some "the'ts added between "trip" and "pump".

Qrevised. OK MAB 02/04/2008

S

KIA not matched: The KIA requires testing the ability to monitorlpredict

changes in parameters as they relate to operating controls to prevent

exceeding design limits (fire header pressure). This question only tests

knowledge of existence of design features. The question does not test the

ability to monitor changes in parameters to prevent from exceeding design

limits.

Q revised. OK MAE 02/04/2008

66

G2.I.3

N

F

2

S

Question is written as a NOT question, which is discouraged by the

NUREG. I will allow this format ifthe licensee does not have an issue

with presenting the question to the applicants in this format.

Noted. MAB 02/04/2008

Repeated the word "during" in the stem. Fixed. MAE 02/0412008

67

G2.I.27

B

H

2

S

Third bullet: "start" should be plural. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

Page 18 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KiA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q-

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focns

Cred

Cred

KiA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

Fourth bullet: "level" should be plural. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

Be consistent with tense in all answer choices. Consider:

A.

Arming conditions for AMSAC were not present.

B.

AMSAC actuated.

C.

Arming conditions were present, but actuation conditions were

not present.

D.

AMSAC has not actuated, but will actuate after the appropriate

time delay if SG levels stabilize at their current values.

Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

68

G2.1.28

M

F

2

x

.g

"C" and "D" plausibility: ERCW pumps are the same type ofpump

performing the same function.

If an applicant had a misconception that

S

they were both sequenced on the bus, why would it make any difference

which pump starts first? Are there other pumps in the plant that both get

sequenced on a bus and the order of that sequence is determined by a

switch position that is manipulated by the operators? Discuss with

licensee. Ifthere is more plausibility here than I realize, then this question

may be SAT.

Qreplaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

"C' and "D" should have an "in which" added.

Qreplaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

The second part of"A" and "C" appears to be a little cryptic. Is this easily

understandable?

T

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

69

G2.2.26

N

H

2

S

Qis SAT.

REF

70

G2.2.33

B

H

2

B

Is there an extra space between "and" and "the"? Corrected. MAB

02/0412008

S

"B" is not plausible. With dumps open and rods inserting it is not credible

for an applicant to have a misconception that temperature will go up.

Consider changing the temperature to something lower than 559 F, but

plausible. Answer choices changed to iterate on temps and speed. OK

MAB 02/04/2008

71

G2.3.2

N

H

2

S

Q is SAT.

72

G2.3.9

B

F

2

S

Be consistent with periods behind bullets. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

Q is SAT.

73

G2.3.l0

B

F

I

x

x

x

.g

"A" is not plausible. If"A" is correct, then any of the others would be

Page 19 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q~

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

also. TIle question asks for which would be correct to exit the RCA. If it

S

is correct to simply exit, then doing anything above and beyond that would

not be wrong. Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

"B" is not plausible. PCM-IB monitors alarm quite often. Can you

imagine how many whole body counts would be needed if this were true?

How many times have these applicants had a PCM-IB alarm?

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

This question does not discriminate at the appropriate level. An RO

applicant getting tins question correct does not provide useful information

in making a license decision. Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

74

G2.4.16

B

H

2

S

Typo in "D": E-O? vice E-O. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

Typo "D": should "exist" be plural? Licensee failed to correct. It does not

affect tec1micalaccuracy ofquestion. I would make them change it if it

appeared only in a distractor. OK

MAB 02/04/2008

This question looks very familiar. No response needed from licensee - I

am just noting this. Noted. MAB 02/04/2008

75

02.4.22

N

F

2

S

Why is "Larger" capitalized in "A' and "D"? Corrected. MAB

02/04/2008

SROEXAM

76

008G2.4.49

NJH

2

II

"C": Is there an extra space between "and" and "immediately"?

~

Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008

S

"D": Is there an extra space between "in" and "E-O"?

Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008

What pressure causes phase B to actuate?

Would it be incorrect for the SRO to direct starting of the EDG? Is this an

automatic action that should have occurred? Does SQ have all Admin

procedure that states that it is permissible to manually perform an auto

action that should have occurred?

Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008

If this question is determined to require knowledge of procedure selection,

i.e. beyond general rules of procedure usage, then it will be acceptable as

an SRO question. Discuss SRO-only learning objectives that may be

available to support this question as SRO only.

Q and KIA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008

It is my knowledge that a general Westinghouse rule of usage is that

Page 20 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

BIW

operators do not exit E-O until E-O instructs them to exit. I would view this

as RO knowledge unless there is some plant documentation that would

state otherwise.

Q and KiA changed. OK MAB 02/04/2008

77

029EA2.09

M

H

2

x

Y

Discuss deleting parameters at the time oftransition. They do not add

plausibility to "turbine not tripped"; therefore, they may not be necessary

S

information.

PRT values deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Change feed water flow to something that is just over the limit. Like 120

gpm to each SG. Heat sink requirements are 440 gpm total. Discuss with

licensee.

FW flow values revised. OK MAB 02/0412008

Not SRO-only: ROs are required to know status trees. Therefore, the

question can be answered by knowing that H.l is not required to be entered

and that the turbine is tripped. Both of these knowledge items are required

RO-knowledge.

(G2.4.21 has an RO importance rating of 3.7)

Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008

78

054AA2.05

N

H

2

x

Y

Not SRO-only: Question requires systems knowledge for response ofthe

MFW B/P Reg Valve, which is RO knowledge. Question also requires

S

knowledge ofAOP and EOP entry conditions, which is also RO

knowledge. Furthermore, the applicant can use systems knowledge to

I

determine that the reactor will not trip and that not SI is present, thereby,

allowing the applicant to eliminate going to E-O, "Reactor Trip or Safety

Injection."

(2.4.1 and 2.4.4 have RO importance ratings of4.3 and 4.0 respectively)

Q revised to make SRO only. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Are the applicants required to go to the AOP? Would an operator be

wrong if the AOP was not entered?

Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008

79

057AA2.17

N

H

2

x

y

Is punctuation in second bullet correct?

Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008

S

Not SRO-only: Both parts ofthe answer choices can be analyzed using

RO required knowledge. Systems knowledge is required by ROs;

therefore, this question does no require any knowledge that is specific only

to the SRO position.

Q revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008

80

065AA2.01

N

H

2

E

Wording on LCO 3.0.3 is too loose. LeO 3.0.3 is always applicable and

Page 21 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KiA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KiA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

BIW

licensees are always required to comply with 3.0.3. Change the wording

S

to: Required Actions ofLCO 3.0.3 are required to be performed, OR not

required to be performed. This will not change the meaning of what is

being asked, but it will be more direct and more technically correct to

phrase the second part of each answer choice in this manner.

Incorporated. MAB 02/04/2008

Delete the air pressure in the stem. The ala1111 annunciates, which is

enough to inform the operator that pressure is below 68 psig. Discuss with

licensee. Allowed air pressure to remain. OK MAB 02/0412008

The piece of each answer choice that discusses that fuel movement is

required to be suspended does not add value since it is the same in each

answer choice. The answer choices should only contain the information

needed to make them unique answer choices:

A.

ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLE until Train A

Containment Air Isolation Valve automatically closes, at which

time LCO 3.0.3 required actions would NOT be required to be

taken.

B.

ABGTS Train A remains OPERABLE until Train A

Containment Air Isolation Valve automatically closes, at which

time LCO 3.0.3 required actions would be required to be taken.

C.

Both trains of ABGTS would immediately be INOPERABLE

with the current conditions.

LCO 3.0.3 required actions would

NOT be required to be taken.

D.

Both trains of ABGTS would immediately be INOPERABLE

with the current conditions.

LCO 3.0.3 required actions would

be required to be taken

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

81

W/Ell

B

H

I-

x

X?

B

Be consistent with punctuation after bulleted items.

Fixed. MAB

G2.4.48

2

02/04/2008

S

Transfer to RHR containment sump is not plausible. The stem clearly

states that a LOCA Outside Containment is occurring. This distractor must

be replaced. Corrected. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Is there a way to provide some indications in the stem that are indicative of

a LOCA outside containment without telling them that the operators are in

ECA-1.2 due to a WCA in the Aux Bid. Is there a less obvious way to

provide indications ofabnormal radiation in the aux building - i.e. and

ala1111? Containment sump level added. OK MAB 02/04/2008

The easiest fix for this question may be to use the two best answer choices

and then iterate on operator actions, etc. I.E. Iterate on ECA 1.I and E- I

AND then operator actions. Incorporated. MAB 02/04/2008

Page 22 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

TIF

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dis!

B/W

-

Another possible fix may be to test procedure path for two transitions.

Operators would go to ECA-I.I, then to ...

Distractors revised. OK MAB 02/0412008

82

W/EI2

B

H

2

x

E

Questions testing knowledge of what operators "should" do are too

G2.I.32

ambiguous to ask. Questions must ask what operators are required to do.

S

This may just be a phrasing issue with the question statement, but

questions need to test requirements.

Corrected. OK MAB 02/0412008

Distractor "B": Not plausible because there is not a credible

misconception that could lead an applicant to stop terminating SI but

remain in the same procedure. At least with the procedure transition they

need to evaluate ifthey are to stop the SI termination in order to make the

transition. Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008

Modify the stem slightly to place the operators at Step 14 where they are

monitoring for SI termination criteria and provide them the criteria that are

indicative of them proceeding to step 15. Answer choices could be

something like:

A.

Terminate SI in ECA-2. I, then transition to E-2

B.

Transition to E-2, then terminate SI

C.

Remain in ECA-2. I. SI termination criteria are not currently

met.

D.

Transition to E-2, SI termination criteria are not currently met.

Discuss this option with licensee.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

83

003G2.2.22

N

F

I

x

x

.y

Can the stem state that the control rod drops to the middle ofthe core?

Otherwise, a rod dropping to the bottom makes "B" non-plausible because

S

there would not be any axial concerns for a rod that falls to the bottom.

Added. OK MAB 02/04/2008

"D" is a correct statement and could successfully be argued as correct by

an applicant. The accident analysis will remain valid at 75% power.

Corrected. MAB 02/0412008

Is there a more specific option to use for "A"? Any reactivity 1power

redistribution issue is going to be a fuel integrity concern.

"A" allowed to remain. OK MAB 02/04/2008

A more specific choice for "A" and replacement of"D" could result in a

satisfactory question.

"D" revised and "A" allowed to remain with the

other changes made to the question. OK MAB 0210412008

Page 23 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KiA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KiA

Ouly

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

84

005AA2.03

N

H

2

X

X

.y

Delete "causing a runback from the stem".

Applicants should have

enough information with the plant at 86% and a MFP trip to understand

S

that a runback will occur. Discuss with licensee to ensure that this is the

case.

Deleted. OK MAB 02/04/2008

Is second bullet worded corrected?

Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008

Not SRO-only knowledge: ROs are required to know reactor trip criteria.

Q revised and allowed for SRO due to location oftrip criteria. MAB

02/04/2008

Is "D" a subset of"C"? Is (ripping the reactor a means of removing the

Unit from service within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />? This may be able to be alleviated by

changing the wording of the question to ask for the specific requirements

as stated in AOP-C.OI. Corrected. MAB 02/0412008

85

051AA2.02

M

H

2

X

.y

Is second bullet worded correctly? Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008

S

Delete all unnecessary information in answer choices. In other words,

delete the information that is not needed to make the answer choices

unique.

All ofthe extraneous procedure entry information is not needed to

make the answer choice unique. I.E.:

A.

Manual turbine trip criteria is currently met.

B.

Manual reactor trip criteria is currently met.

C.

Manual turbine trip criteria will be met ifcondenser pressure

I

exceeds 2.7 psia and cannot be restored within 5 minutes.

D.

Manual turbine trip criteria will be met ifcondenser pressure

exceeds 2.7 psia and cannot be restored within 5 minutes.

Extra info deleted from answer choices. MAB 02/0412008

Question should be worded in the plural fonn. Currently it is worded for

singular (or plural), but each answer choice has more than one item.

Corrected. MAB 02/0412008

Not SRO-only: Reactor Trip criteria is RO knowledge. The above

comments will be irrelevant unless the SRO-only issue is corrected.

(G2.1.7 and G2.4.l have RO IRs of3.7 and 4.3 respectively)

Allowed for SRO exam due to knowledge of being able to stay in AOP to

address vacuum problem for 5 minutes. MAB 02/04/2008

86

W/E02

N

H

I

x

.y

Should "Safety" be capitalized in second bullet? "Injection" is also now

EA2.2

capitalized. OK MAB 02/04/2008

S

"B" and "D": This reviewer does not understand how the conditions in the

Page 24 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

V

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q~

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

stem result in LCO 3.0.3 being plausible. There is not a reasonable

misconception that would lead an applicant to thinking that LCO 3.0.3.

Corrected. MAB 02/04/2008

"C" and "0": Nothing has really occurred in the stem except for an

inadvertent SI. There is no reasonable misconception that would lead an

applicant to E-I for a LOCA.

Condition in the stem revised and distractors changed. OK.MAB

02/04/2008

TIle lack of plausibility in the distractors results in an LOD= I, which does

not allow this question to discriminate between a competent and less than

competent SRO. Q revised to bring to acceptable level. OK MAB

02/0412008

87

W/EI6

M

H

2

x

B

Can "The reactor is in Mode 6 with" be deleted from first bullet?

G2.2.31

2

Deleted. MAB 02/0412008

S

Not SRO-only: ROs are licensed to move fuel and therefore are required

to know how to handle a loss ofrefueling water event.

TIns is snpported

by KIA 036AAI.04, which has an RO IR of 3.7. Lowering water level is a

fuel handling incident, which is supported by AOP-M.04, Refueling

Malfunctions.

See comment below. OK MAB 02/0412008

This was a modified question. TIle reviewer would like to see a copy of

the source question, from which this one was modified. Provided. MAB

02/0412008

Do ROs currently move fuel at SQ? Ifnot, when was the last time an RO

moved irradiated fuel at SQ?

Is there an SRO-only leaming objective to

support tins being SRO-only knowledge? Based on the above reasoning

tins falls into the category of an RO question; however, ifsufficient

justification can be provided it may be permissible to allow this on the

SRO exam.

Licensee provided sufficient justification for SRO only level. MAB

02/04/2008

88

008A2.09

M

H

2

x

y

Reactor Physics and systems knowledge are the only requirements for

answering this question. Plant response to a controller failure is systems

S

knowledge that is required of an RO. Determining whether a temp change

adds positive or negative reactivity is basic GFE reactor physics

knowledge. This question can be answered only by knowing GFE

knowledge. No SRO-only knowledge is required to answer this question.

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/04/2008

89

0IOG2.4.38

N

F

I

x

y

"A" and "0": 5 minutes is not plausible. Leading to a LOD

I.

Page 25 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psvchometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

Q revised to address concern. OK MAE 02/0412008

S

Question LOD would be acceptable if the acceptable ODS notification

requirement is tested, instead ofthe 15 minute to declare. Test whether the

requirement to notify ODS is 5 minutes from the event or 5 minutes from

making the declaration. This will test knowledge of whether the ODS

notification is required to be made prior to or after event declaration.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/0412008

90

013A2.05

N

H

2

x

Y

Question is not SRO-only: Can this question be answered using only

systems knowledge?

The first piece of each answer choice can be

S

answered by knowing what the cause ofthe condition could be, which is

systems knowledge. This limits the potential answer choices to "C" and

"D" using RO knowledge. Applicants can also determine that the pumps

will not start manually based on the physical configuration of the plant, I.E.

systems knowledge. Therefore, this question can be answered by an

applicant without needing to use any SRO-only level knowledge.

Concerns addressed. Distractors and stem revised. OK MAB 02/04/2008

91

103G2.2.l4

N

F

2

S

Tie the second halfof the question to the procedure just as you did with

when Containment Closure Control is required to be implemented. I.E.

...who will maintain the listing ofthe Containment Closure Exceptions in

effect in accordance with 0-GO-15.

Incorporated, MAB 02/04/2008

92

029G2.4.46

N

H

3

x

x?

E

Question is backward logic. This is discouraged by NUREG-I 021;

,

1

however, it is not prohibited. Licensee does not need to address this

comment if they are satisfied with their applicants receiving this question.

S

Noted. MAB 02/04/2008

Can "B" be eliminated using systems knowledge? Will ABI result in an

auto shutdown of Unit I containment purge when ORA-90-10IA alarms

with Unit I Lower Containment Purge in progress? Discuss with licensee.

This will determine the status of the question.

ABI will not auto SID UI purge. After discussion with licensee, Q is OK.

MAB 02/0412008

93

034A2.02

N

F

2

x

E

"B": Rad Control Manager is not plausible because this is not an irradiated

fuel bundle. Contamination and exposure should not be a concern.

S

Fixed. MAB 02/0412008

Consider the following changes:

. Per AOP-M.04, which one ofthe following correctly describes the

lowest level ofapproval required for approval ofrecovery instructions?

A.

Refueling SRO

B.

Shift Manager

Page 26 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KlA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cnes

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q~

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KIA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

C.

Operations Manager

D.

Plant Manager

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/04/2008

94

G2.1.12

N

H

2

S

Is second bullet worded correctly? Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

REF

Be consistent with periods after bullets. Fixed. MAB 02/04/2008

95

G2.1.33

N

H

2

x

y

KIA Match: The KIA requires that tech spec entry conditions are tested.

This question skips that part and then tests the actions that are required

S

once the tech spec is entered.

Q revised. OK MAB 02/0412008

TIle stem does not even state that fuel is being moved; therefore, stopping

fuel movement does not appear like a reasonable answer.

Answer choices revised. OK MAB 02/05/2008

Question is disjointed. "A" and "B" are testing knowledge ofmode change

requirements and "C" and "D' are testing knowledge of fuel movement

requirements. This is not the reason the question is unsat, but simply an

observation.

Answer choices revised. OK MAB 02/0512008

96

G2.2.8

B

F

2

.g

Consider wording the Q as follows:

Which one ofthe following correctly describes the MINIMUM required

S

qualifications for the person(s) PREPARING the safety evaluation

I

paperwork in accordance with SPP-9.4, IOCFR50.59 Evaluations of

Changes, Tests, and Experiments?

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/0512008

97

G2.3.l

B

H

2

.g

The topic and construction of the question is satisfactory, There are

concems with the wording ofthe "Why" column choice for "A" and "B".

S

Where is "maintain critical safety function" defined? Would it be wrong

for an applicant to believe that the emergency exposure would be needed to

prevent the conditions from elevating beyond Yellow? Discuss with

licensee.

Q replaced. OK MAB 02/05/2008

98

G2.3.6

M

F

2

x

.g

Tie the question to the procedure, I.E.: Which one ofthe following . ....

in accordance with "procedure name and number"?

S

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008

Be a little more precise with the first piece of each answer choice. I.E.

Approval not permitted. I Approval is permitted.

The above suggestion is a little more accurate because the SRO could just

choose to not sign it, which is neither disapproving or approving. The

Page 27 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KiA#

B

L

L

Psychometric Flaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q=

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KiA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

BIW

above wording covers all cases and speaks directly to the procedure

requirement.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008

Delete the last piece of"D": ", but dilution flow requirements are raised

due to the higher activity."

This really does not add to plausibility because

it is not needed to make the answer choice unique. If an applicant knows

whether the SM is required to approve, then this extraneous information is

not meaningful.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008

"B" is not plausible only because ofthe verbiage. There may be some

improper grammar, which is easily fixed. I.E.:

B.

Approval not permitted. Cannot release monitor tank until 0-

RM-90-122 has been retnmed to OPERABLE status.

Incorporated. OK MAB 02/05/2008

What does "two independent discharge valve lineups" mean? Wording

must be precise and reflect exactly what the procedures require. Do two

lineups need to be performed? Is one lineup performed and then it is

independently verified?

Answer choices modified. OK MAB 02/05/2008

ODCM states that two qualified staffmembers independently verify

release rate calculations. The answer choices in the questions states that 2

release rate calculations are verified. I am not sure that these requirements,

as stated, are exactly the same. Discuss with licensee.

,

Answer choices modified. OK MAB 02/05/2008

99

G2.4.9

B

H

2

x

x

lei

Not SRO-only: Knowing how to recognize pump cavitation and the

actions to take to mitigate the cavitation is RO required knowledge.

S

Knowing that dilution is not permitted is also RO required knowledge.

All I hour and less tech specs are RO knowledge.

Equipment protection actions are also RO knowledge.

Through discussion with licensee, CE allowed Qto remain. OK MAB

0210512008

There are also plausibility concerns with taking suction from VCT with

boron too low. This point is inconsequential due to the question not being

written at the SRO level.

Through discussion with licensee, CE allowed distractors to remain. OK

MAB 02/05/2008

100

G2.4.49

N

H

2

x

lei

"Shutdown Boards Energized" is not an action, it is a statement of fact. -

Similar comment for "Safety Injection Actuated".

S

Qreplaced. OK MAB 02/05/2008

Page 28 of29

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Exam Review Worksheet

Sequoyah 2008-301

Form ES-401-9

Q#

KiA#

B

L

L

PsychometricFlaws

Content Flaws

U

Comment

M

0

0

Stem

Cues

T/F

1 Non

>1 Non

Partial

Min

Q~

SRO

E

Explanation

N

K

D

Focus

Cred

Cred

KiA

Only

S

Dist

Dist

B/W

Not SRO-only: Knowing whether the status ofthe reactor and turbine is

systems knowledge, which is a required RO knowledge item. Knowing

that upon a reactor trip that E-Ois entered is an RO knowledge item. This

is all that is needed to arrive at the correct answer.

Qrevised/replaced to test SRO-only knowledge. OK MAB 02/05/2008

Page 29 of29

ES-403

Written Examination Grading

Quality Checklist

Form ES-403-1

Facility:

~E('OUD\\(MA

Date of Exam: OJJoO ~B

Exam Level: ROIl SRolro

Initials

Item Description

a

b

c

1.

Clean answer sheets copied before grading

1JK.

NfIJ

Ifff3

2.

Answer key changes and question deletions justified

?Jk.

flJIA

f}$

and documented

3.

Applicants' scores checked for addition errors

sc

~

~

(reviewers spot check> 25% of examinations)

A

4.

Grading for all borderline cases (80 +/-2% overall and 70 or 80,

?1H.

I'k

m>

as applicable, +/-4% on the SRO-only) reviewed in detail

/~

5.

All other failing examinations checked to ensure that grades

~

I~

rrfJ

are iustified

6.

Performance on missed questions checked for training

~

~

n'1O

deficiencies and wording problems; evaluate validity

.~

of Questions missed by half or more of the applicants

Printed Name/Signature

Date

a. Grader

~R.\\AN{) ~~1§.UdtL

z/I er!fJt

b. Facility Reviewer(*)

N)A

.

N;/4

c. NRC Chief Examiner (*)

M"", A,B~I;3,1//2i/}£tp

r:~I.l..ItJ.//J06'el

d. NRC Supervisor (*)

/l.)jJ..UJJLJJ T lVfDj,).AA/A/ /

!1iJjJAfJft~

ozl'l/ItJ?

r

} {

(*)

The facility reviewer's signature is not applicable for ex~ations graded by the NRC;

two independent NRC reviews are required.

ES-403, Page 6 of 6

ES*S01

Post-Examination Check Sheet

Form ES-S01-1

Post-Examination Check Sheet

Facility:

Sf::: (QU 0\\{VtIf

Date of Examination: -:Yt~u.e.,*.'(

0<005

Task Description

Date Complete

1.

Facility written exam comments or graded exams received

();;'/Itt!JDG ~

and verified complete

2.

Facility written exam comments reviewed and incorporated

()J./1'-/J;)C'Cf C;;

and NRC grading completed, if necessary

3.

Operating tests graded by NRC examiners

O?- ) ILl)Jtr/?

4.

NRC chief examiner review of operating test and written exam

OJ!!41;}or/~

grading completed

5.

Responsible supervisor review completed

O;Z I;{d;)C)O C?

6.

Management (licensing official) review completed

o,,:2/;;qIJc;l1} ~

7.

License and denial letters mailed

o2);) JdtJ{)~

8.

Facility notified of results

o;;;./~ J/?CJJ'?,

jJ:i

9.

Examination report issued (refer to NRC MC 0612)

os .' :<oeJg'

10.

Reference material returned after final resolution of any appeals

Aliff

ES-501, Page 23 of 25

Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000

Confidential information submitted

under 10 CFR 2.390

February 13, 2008

10 CFR 55.40

Dr. William D. Travers

Regional Administrator, Region II

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center

61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85

Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931

Attention: Mr. M. T. Widmann

In the Matter of

Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA)

Docket Nos.

50-327

50-328

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN) - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR

OPERATOR INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301

In accordance with Examination Standard (ES) 501, "Initial Post-Examination

Activities," of NUREG-1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power

Reactors," SON is providing the following information: written examination, examination

answer key, ES 401-8, examination cover sheets, seating chart, student answer

sheets, and student clarifying questions.

In accordance with 10 CFR 55.49, "Integrity of Examinations and Tests," and

NUREG-1021, appropriate measures have been taken to ensure examination integrity

and security. The Examination Security Agreement Form ES-201-3 will be provided

following the post-examination signatures.

Because of the administratively confidential nature, it is requested that the information

contained in the enclosure be withheld from public disclosure in accordance with

10 CFR 2.390(a)(6). This letter contains no new commitments. If you should have any

questions, please contact me at (423) 843-7170.

S.inc.e.relY,. JI

.. ~

_~~Cff-------

.~;:::;?'-

J

,~ .. '~ames D. Smith

Manager, Site Licensing and

Industry Affairs

Enclosures

Printed on recycled paper

Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000

December 5, 2007

Dr. William D. Travers

Regional Administrator, Region II

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center

61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85

Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931

Attention: Mr. M. T. Widmann

In the Matter of

Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA)

Docket Nos.

50-327

50-328

(

(

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN) - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR

OPERATOR INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301

This letter transmits the requested information identified in NRC's letter to

William R. Campbell dated August 3,2007, for the examinations to be administrated the

weeks of January 28, 2008, and February 4, 2008.

There are no commitments contained in this submittal. In accordance with 10 CFR 55.49

and NUREG 1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors,"

appropriate measures have been taken to ensure examination integrity and security.

Accordingly, it is requested that this letter and the enclosed documents be withheld from

public disclosure until the examinations are completed.

TVA's principal contact regarding the license examinations is Tom Jones, SON Operations

Training. Should you require additional information regarding this matter, please contact

Mr. Jones at (423) 843-4206 or contact me at (423) 843-7170.

Sincerely,

w.?~

James D. Smith

Manager, Site Licensing and

Industry Affairs

Enclosure

Printed on recycled paper

(

(

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

Page 2

December 5, 2007

JWP:KTS

cc:

L. E. Nicholson, BR 4X-C

T. D. Wallace, STC 2H-SQN

B. A. Wetzel, BR 4X-C

EDMS, WT CA-K

The information contained within this document is the Property of the Tennessee

Valley Authority and has been determined to be sensitive. Any further distribution of

its contents will be on a need to know basis only as determined by the originator of

the document or the recipient.

SENSITIVE INFORMATION

I:License\\Operator license\\2007\\Requested information IR2008301

(

(

ENCLOSURE

TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN)

UNITS 1 AND 2

OPERATING EXAMINATIONS FOR REACTOR OPERATOR (RO)

AND SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR (SRO) CANDIDATES

Written Examination - RO and SRO Portions Including Student Reference Material

Question Development Reference Material for RO and SRO Written Examinations

Job Performance Measures for RO and SRO examinations

Four Simulator examinations

ES-201-3 - Examination Security Agreement

ES-301-2 - Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline

ES-301-3 - Operating Test Quality Checklist

ES-301-4 - Simulator Scenario Quality Checklist

ES-301-5 - Transient and Event Checklist

ES-301-6 - Competencies Checklist

ES-401-6 - Written Examination Quality Checklist

(

Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000

October 23, 2007

Dr. William D. Travers

Regional Administrator, Region II

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center

61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85

Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931

Attention: Mr. M. T. Widmann

In the Matter of

Tennessee Valley Authority

Docket Nos.

50-327

50-328

(

(

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR

INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301

As requested by NRC letter to TVA dated August 3,2007, this letter transmits the

examination outlines identified in NRC's letter to William R. Campbell dated August 3,

2007, for the examinations to be administrated the weeks of January 28, 2008 and

February 4, 2008.

There are no commitments contained in this submittal. In accordance with 10 CFR 55.49

and NUREG 1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors,"

appropriate measures have been taken to ensure examination integrity and security.

Accordingly, it is requested that this letter and the enclosed documents be withheld from

public disclosure until the examinations are completed.

Please direct questions concerning this issue to me at (423) 843-7170.

~rzJ.~

Glenn W. Morris

Manager, Site Licensing and

Industry Affairs

Enclosure

Printed on recycled paper

(

ENCLOSURE

TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN)

UNITS 1 AND 2

The following are included in this enclosure:

License Examination Outlines:

ES-201-2 Examination Outline Quality Checklist

ES-201-3 Examination Security Agreement

ES-301-1 Administrative Topics JPM Outlines for RO and SRO exams

ES-301-2 Control Room/In-Plant Systems JPM Outlines for RO and SRO exams

ES-301-5 Transient and Event Checklist

ES-D-1 Simulator Scenario Outlines for 4 scenarios

ES-401-2 and 3 Written Exam Outlines for RO and SRO exams

ES-401-4 Record of Rejected KlAs for RO and SRO exams

Written Exam development methodology statement

Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Soddy-Daisy, Tennessee 37384-2000

August 15,2007

Dr. William D. Travers

Regional Administrator, Region II

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center

61 Forsyth Street, SW, Suite 23T85

Atlanta, Georgia 30323-8931

Attention:

Mr. R. C. Haag

In the Matter of

Tennessee Valley Authority

Docket Nos.

50-327

50-328

(

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT - REACTOR AND SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR

INITIAL EXAMINATIONS - 05000327/2008301 AND 05000328/2008301

As requested by Mark Bates of your staff, this letter transmits the written examination

outlines identified in NRC's letter to William R. Campbell dated August 3, 2007, for the

examinations to be administrated the week of January 28, 2008.

Due to the administratively confidential nature of the enclosure, it is requested that the

information contained in the enclosure be withheld from public disclosure until after the

examinations are complete.

Please direct questions concerning this issue to me at (423) 843-7170.

~ZuN.~

Glenn W. Morris

Manager, Site Licensing and

Industry Affairs

Enclosure

Printed on recycled paper

(

u.s. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

Page 2

August 15, 2007

JWP:KTS

cc:

R. H. Bryan, BR 4X-C

T. D. Wallace, STC 2H-SQN

EDMS, WTC A-K

The information contained within this document is the Property of the Tennessee

Valley Authority and has been determined to be sensitive. Any further distribution of

its contents will be on a need to know basis only as determined by the originator of

the document or the recipient.

SENSITIVE INFORMATION

I:License\\Operator license\\2007\\Exam outline IR2008301

ENCLOSURE

TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT (SQN)

UNITS 1 AND 2

LICENSE WRITTEN EXAMINATION OUTLINES